1 | /* $Id: VBoxHDD.cpp 28683 2010-04-24 13:22:12Z vboxsync $ */
|
---|
2 | /** @file
|
---|
3 | * VBoxHDD - VBox HDD Container implementation.
|
---|
4 | */
|
---|
5 |
|
---|
6 | /*
|
---|
7 | * Copyright (C) 2006-2010 Sun Microsystems, Inc.
|
---|
8 | *
|
---|
9 | * This file is part of VirtualBox Open Source Edition (OSE), as
|
---|
10 | * available from http://www.alldomusa.eu.org. This file is free software;
|
---|
11 | * you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU
|
---|
12 | * General Public License (GPL) as published by the Free Software
|
---|
13 | * Foundation, in version 2 as it comes in the "COPYING" file of the
|
---|
14 | * VirtualBox OSE distribution. VirtualBox OSE is distributed in the
|
---|
15 | * hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY of any kind.
|
---|
16 | *
|
---|
17 | * Please contact Sun Microsystems, Inc., 4150 Network Circle, Santa
|
---|
18 | * Clara, CA 95054 USA or visit http://www.sun.com if you need
|
---|
19 | * additional information or have any questions.
|
---|
20 | */
|
---|
21 |
|
---|
22 | /*******************************************************************************
|
---|
23 | * Header Files *
|
---|
24 | *******************************************************************************/
|
---|
25 | #define LOG_GROUP LOG_GROUP_VD
|
---|
26 | #include <VBox/VBoxHDD.h>
|
---|
27 | #include <VBox/err.h>
|
---|
28 | #include <VBox/sup.h>
|
---|
29 | #include <VBox/log.h>
|
---|
30 |
|
---|
31 | #include <iprt/alloc.h>
|
---|
32 | #include <iprt/assert.h>
|
---|
33 | #include <iprt/uuid.h>
|
---|
34 | #include <iprt/file.h>
|
---|
35 | #include <iprt/string.h>
|
---|
36 | #include <iprt/asm.h>
|
---|
37 | #include <iprt/ldr.h>
|
---|
38 | #include <iprt/dir.h>
|
---|
39 | #include <iprt/path.h>
|
---|
40 | #include <iprt/param.h>
|
---|
41 | #include <iprt/memcache.h>
|
---|
42 | #include <iprt/sg.h>
|
---|
43 | #include <iprt/critsect.h>
|
---|
44 | #include <iprt/list.h>
|
---|
45 |
|
---|
46 | #include <VBox/VBoxHDD-Plugin.h>
|
---|
47 |
|
---|
48 |
|
---|
49 | #define VBOXHDDDISK_SIGNATURE 0x6f0e2a7d
|
---|
50 |
|
---|
51 | /** Buffer size used for merging images. */
|
---|
52 | #define VD_MERGE_BUFFER_SIZE (16 * _1M)
|
---|
53 |
|
---|
54 | /** Maximum number of segments in one I/O task. */
|
---|
55 | #define VD_IO_TASK_SEGMENTS_MAX 64
|
---|
56 |
|
---|
57 | /**
|
---|
58 | * VD async I/O interface storage descriptor.
|
---|
59 | */
|
---|
60 | typedef struct VDIASYNCIOSTORAGE
|
---|
61 | {
|
---|
62 | /** File handle. */
|
---|
63 | RTFILE File;
|
---|
64 | /** Completion callback. */
|
---|
65 | PFNVDCOMPLETED pfnCompleted;
|
---|
66 | /** Thread for async access. */
|
---|
67 | RTTHREAD ThreadAsync;
|
---|
68 | } VDIASYNCIOSTORAGE, *PVDIASYNCIOSTORAGE;
|
---|
69 |
|
---|
70 | /**
|
---|
71 | * VBox HDD Container image descriptor.
|
---|
72 | */
|
---|
73 | typedef struct VDIMAGE
|
---|
74 | {
|
---|
75 | /** Link to parent image descriptor, if any. */
|
---|
76 | struct VDIMAGE *pPrev;
|
---|
77 | /** Link to child image descriptor, if any. */
|
---|
78 | struct VDIMAGE *pNext;
|
---|
79 | /** Container base filename. (UTF-8) */
|
---|
80 | char *pszFilename;
|
---|
81 | /** Data managed by the backend which keeps the actual info. */
|
---|
82 | void *pvBackendData;
|
---|
83 | /** Cached sanitized image flags. */
|
---|
84 | unsigned uImageFlags;
|
---|
85 | /** Image open flags (only those handled generically in this code and which
|
---|
86 | * the backends will never ever see). */
|
---|
87 | unsigned uOpenFlags;
|
---|
88 |
|
---|
89 | /** Function pointers for the various backend methods. */
|
---|
90 | PCVBOXHDDBACKEND Backend;
|
---|
91 | /** Per image I/O interface. */
|
---|
92 | VDINTERFACE VDIIO;
|
---|
93 | /** Pointer to list of VD interfaces, per-image. */
|
---|
94 | PVDINTERFACE pVDIfsImage;
|
---|
95 | /** Disk this image is part of */
|
---|
96 | PVBOXHDD pDisk;
|
---|
97 | } VDIMAGE, *PVDIMAGE;
|
---|
98 |
|
---|
99 | /**
|
---|
100 | * uModified bit flags.
|
---|
101 | */
|
---|
102 | #define VD_IMAGE_MODIFIED_FLAG RT_BIT(0)
|
---|
103 | #define VD_IMAGE_MODIFIED_FIRST RT_BIT(1)
|
---|
104 | #define VD_IMAGE_MODIFIED_DISABLE_UUID_UPDATE RT_BIT(2)
|
---|
105 |
|
---|
106 |
|
---|
107 | /**
|
---|
108 | * VBox HDD Container main structure, private part.
|
---|
109 | */
|
---|
110 | struct VBOXHDD
|
---|
111 | {
|
---|
112 | /** Structure signature (VBOXHDDDISK_SIGNATURE). */
|
---|
113 | uint32_t u32Signature;
|
---|
114 |
|
---|
115 | /** Number of opened images. */
|
---|
116 | unsigned cImages;
|
---|
117 |
|
---|
118 | /** Base image. */
|
---|
119 | PVDIMAGE pBase;
|
---|
120 |
|
---|
121 | /** Last opened image in the chain.
|
---|
122 | * The same as pBase if only one image is used. */
|
---|
123 | PVDIMAGE pLast;
|
---|
124 |
|
---|
125 | /** Flags representing the modification state. */
|
---|
126 | unsigned uModified;
|
---|
127 |
|
---|
128 | /** Cached size of this disk. */
|
---|
129 | uint64_t cbSize;
|
---|
130 | /** Cached PCHS geometry for this disk. */
|
---|
131 | PDMMEDIAGEOMETRY PCHSGeometry;
|
---|
132 | /** Cached LCHS geometry for this disk. */
|
---|
133 | PDMMEDIAGEOMETRY LCHSGeometry;
|
---|
134 |
|
---|
135 | /** Pointer to list of VD interfaces, per-disk. */
|
---|
136 | PVDINTERFACE pVDIfsDisk;
|
---|
137 | /** Pointer to the common interface structure for error reporting. */
|
---|
138 | PVDINTERFACE pInterfaceError;
|
---|
139 | /** Pointer to the error interface callbacks we use if available. */
|
---|
140 | PVDINTERFACEERROR pInterfaceErrorCallbacks;
|
---|
141 |
|
---|
142 | /** Pointer to the optional thread synchronization interface. */
|
---|
143 | PVDINTERFACE pInterfaceThreadSync;
|
---|
144 | /** Pointer to the optional thread synchronization callbacks. */
|
---|
145 | PVDINTERFACETHREADSYNC pInterfaceThreadSyncCallbacks;
|
---|
146 |
|
---|
147 | /** I/O interface for the disk. */
|
---|
148 | VDINTERFACE VDIIO;
|
---|
149 | /** I/O interface callback table for the images. */
|
---|
150 | VDINTERFACEIO VDIIOCallbacks;
|
---|
151 |
|
---|
152 | /** Async I/O interface to the upper layer. */
|
---|
153 | PVDINTERFACE pInterfaceAsyncIO;
|
---|
154 | /** Async I/O interface callback table. */
|
---|
155 | PVDINTERFACEASYNCIO pInterfaceAsyncIOCallbacks;
|
---|
156 |
|
---|
157 | /** Fallback async I/O interface. */
|
---|
158 | VDINTERFACE VDIAsyncIO;
|
---|
159 | /** Callback table for the fallback async I/O interface. */
|
---|
160 | VDINTERFACEASYNCIO VDIAsyncIOCallbacks;
|
---|
161 |
|
---|
162 | /** Memory cache for I/O contexts */
|
---|
163 | RTMEMCACHE hMemCacheIoCtx;
|
---|
164 | /** Memory cache for I/O tasks. */
|
---|
165 | RTMEMCACHE hMemCacheIoTask;
|
---|
166 | /** Critical section protecting the disk against concurrent access. */
|
---|
167 | RTCRITSECT CritSect;
|
---|
168 | /** Flag whether the last image is currently written to and needs to grow.
|
---|
169 | * Other write requests which will grow the image too need to be deferred to
|
---|
170 | * prevent data corruption. - Protected by the critical section.
|
---|
171 | */
|
---|
172 | volatile bool fGrowing;
|
---|
173 | /** List of waiting requests. - Protected by the critical section. */
|
---|
174 | RTLISTNODE ListWriteGrowing;
|
---|
175 | };
|
---|
176 |
|
---|
177 |
|
---|
178 | /**
|
---|
179 | * VBox parent read descriptor, used internally for compaction.
|
---|
180 | */
|
---|
181 | typedef struct VDPARENTSTATEDESC
|
---|
182 | {
|
---|
183 | /** Pointer to disk descriptor. */
|
---|
184 | PVBOXHDD pDisk;
|
---|
185 | /** Pointer to image descriptor. */
|
---|
186 | PVDIMAGE pImage;
|
---|
187 | } VDPARENTSTATEDESC, *PVDPARENTSTATEDESC;
|
---|
188 |
|
---|
189 | /**
|
---|
190 | * Transfer direction.
|
---|
191 | */
|
---|
192 | typedef enum VDIOCTXTXDIR
|
---|
193 | {
|
---|
194 | /** Read */
|
---|
195 | VDIOCTXTXDIR_READ = 0,
|
---|
196 | /** Write */
|
---|
197 | VDIOCTXTXDIR_WRITE,
|
---|
198 | /** Flush */
|
---|
199 | VDIOCTXTXDIR_FLUSH,
|
---|
200 | /** 32bit hack */
|
---|
201 | VDIOCTXTXDIR_32BIT_HACK = 0x7fffffff
|
---|
202 | } VDIOCTXTXDIR, *PVDIOCTXTXDIR;
|
---|
203 |
|
---|
204 | /** Transfer function */
|
---|
205 | typedef DECLCALLBACK(int) FNVDIOCTXTRANSFER (PVDIOCTX pIoCtx);
|
---|
206 | /** Pointer to a transfer function. */
|
---|
207 | typedef FNVDIOCTXTRANSFER *PFNVDIOCTXTRANSFER;
|
---|
208 |
|
---|
209 | /**
|
---|
210 | * I/O context
|
---|
211 | */
|
---|
212 | typedef struct VDIOCTX
|
---|
213 | {
|
---|
214 | /** Node in the list of deferred requests. */
|
---|
215 | RTLISTNODE NodeWriteGrowing;
|
---|
216 | /** Disk this is request is for. */
|
---|
217 | PVBOXHDD pDisk;
|
---|
218 | /** Return code. */
|
---|
219 | int rcReq;
|
---|
220 | /** Transfer direction */
|
---|
221 | VDIOCTXTXDIR enmTxDir;
|
---|
222 | /** Number of bytes left until this context completes. */
|
---|
223 | volatile uint32_t cbTransferLeft;
|
---|
224 | /** Current offset */
|
---|
225 | volatile uint64_t uOffset;
|
---|
226 | /** Number of bytes to transfer */
|
---|
227 | volatile size_t cbTransfer;
|
---|
228 | /** Current image in the chain. */
|
---|
229 | PVDIMAGE pImage;
|
---|
230 | /** S/G buffer */
|
---|
231 | RTSGBUF SgBuf;
|
---|
232 | /** Flag whether the I/O context is blocked because it is in the growing list. */
|
---|
233 | bool fBlocked;
|
---|
234 | /** How many meta data transfers are pending. */
|
---|
235 | volatile uint32_t cMetaTransfersPending;
|
---|
236 | /** Flag whether the request finished */
|
---|
237 | volatile bool fComplete;
|
---|
238 | /** Temporary allocated memory which is freed
|
---|
239 | * when the context completes. */
|
---|
240 | void *pvAllocation;
|
---|
241 | /** Transfer function. */
|
---|
242 | PFNVDIOCTXTRANSFER pfnIoCtxTransfer;
|
---|
243 | /** Next transfer part after the current one completed. */
|
---|
244 | PFNVDIOCTXTRANSFER pfnIoCtxTransferNext;
|
---|
245 | /** Parent I/O context if any. Sets the type of the context (root/child) */
|
---|
246 | PVDIOCTX pIoCtxParent;
|
---|
247 | /** Type dependent data (root/child) */
|
---|
248 | union
|
---|
249 | {
|
---|
250 | /** Root data */
|
---|
251 | struct
|
---|
252 | {
|
---|
253 | /** Completion callback */
|
---|
254 | PFNVDASYNCTRANSFERCOMPLETE pfnComplete;
|
---|
255 | /** User argument 1 passed on completion. */
|
---|
256 | void *pvUser1;
|
---|
257 | /** User argument 1 passed on completion. */
|
---|
258 | void *pvUser2;
|
---|
259 | } Root;
|
---|
260 | /** Child data */
|
---|
261 | struct
|
---|
262 | {
|
---|
263 | /** Saved start offset */
|
---|
264 | uint64_t uOffsetSaved;
|
---|
265 | /** Saved transfer size */
|
---|
266 | size_t cbTransferLeftSaved;
|
---|
267 | /** Number of bytes transfered from the parent if this context completes. */
|
---|
268 | size_t cbTransferParent;
|
---|
269 | /** Number of bytes to pre read */
|
---|
270 | size_t cbPreRead;
|
---|
271 | /** Number of bytes to post read. */
|
---|
272 | size_t cbPostRead;
|
---|
273 | /** Write type dependent data. */
|
---|
274 | union
|
---|
275 | {
|
---|
276 | /** Optimized */
|
---|
277 | struct
|
---|
278 | {
|
---|
279 | /** Bytes to fill to satisfy the block size. Not part of the virtual disk. */
|
---|
280 | size_t cbFill;
|
---|
281 | /** Bytes to copy instead of reading from the parent */
|
---|
282 | size_t cbWriteCopy;
|
---|
283 | /** Bytes to read from the image. */
|
---|
284 | size_t cbReadImage;
|
---|
285 | /** Number of bytes to wite left. */
|
---|
286 | size_t cbWrite;
|
---|
287 | } Optimized;
|
---|
288 | } Write;
|
---|
289 | } Child;
|
---|
290 | } Type;
|
---|
291 | } VDIOCTX;
|
---|
292 |
|
---|
293 | /**
|
---|
294 | * I/O task.
|
---|
295 | */
|
---|
296 | typedef struct VDIOTASK
|
---|
297 | {
|
---|
298 | /** Pointer to the I/O context the task belongs. */
|
---|
299 | PVDIOCTX pIoCtx;
|
---|
300 | /** Flag whether this is a meta data transfer. */
|
---|
301 | bool fMeta;
|
---|
302 | /** Type dependent data. */
|
---|
303 | union
|
---|
304 | {
|
---|
305 | /** User data transfer. */
|
---|
306 | struct
|
---|
307 | {
|
---|
308 | /** Number of bytes this task transfered. */
|
---|
309 | uint32_t cbTransfer;
|
---|
310 | } User;
|
---|
311 | /** Meta data transfer. */
|
---|
312 | struct
|
---|
313 | {
|
---|
314 | /** Transfer direction (Read/Write) */
|
---|
315 | VDIOCTXTXDIR enmTxDir;
|
---|
316 | /** Completion callback from the backend */
|
---|
317 | PFNVDMETACOMPLETED pfnMetaComplete;
|
---|
318 | /** User data */
|
---|
319 | void *pvMetaUser;
|
---|
320 | /** Image the task was created for. */
|
---|
321 | PVDIMAGE pImage;
|
---|
322 | } Meta;
|
---|
323 | } Type;
|
---|
324 | } VDIOTASK, *PVDIOTASK;
|
---|
325 |
|
---|
326 | /**
|
---|
327 | * Storage handle.
|
---|
328 | */
|
---|
329 | typedef struct VDIOSTORAGE
|
---|
330 | {
|
---|
331 | /** Image this storage handle belongs to. */
|
---|
332 | PVDIMAGE pImage;
|
---|
333 | union
|
---|
334 | {
|
---|
335 | /** Storage handle */
|
---|
336 | void *pStorage;
|
---|
337 | /** File handle for the limited I/O version. */
|
---|
338 | RTFILE hFile;
|
---|
339 | } u;
|
---|
340 | } VDIOSTORAGE;
|
---|
341 |
|
---|
342 | extern VBOXHDDBACKEND g_RawBackend;
|
---|
343 | extern VBOXHDDBACKEND g_VmdkBackend;
|
---|
344 | extern VBOXHDDBACKEND g_VDIBackend;
|
---|
345 | extern VBOXHDDBACKEND g_VhdBackend;
|
---|
346 | extern VBOXHDDBACKEND g_ParallelsBackend;
|
---|
347 | #ifdef VBOX_WITH_ISCSI
|
---|
348 | extern VBOXHDDBACKEND g_ISCSIBackend;
|
---|
349 | #endif
|
---|
350 |
|
---|
351 | static unsigned g_cBackends = 0;
|
---|
352 | static PVBOXHDDBACKEND *g_apBackends = NULL;
|
---|
353 | static PVBOXHDDBACKEND aStaticBackends[] =
|
---|
354 | {
|
---|
355 | &g_RawBackend,
|
---|
356 | &g_VmdkBackend,
|
---|
357 | &g_VDIBackend,
|
---|
358 | &g_VhdBackend,
|
---|
359 | &g_ParallelsBackend
|
---|
360 | #ifdef VBOX_WITH_ISCSI
|
---|
361 | ,&g_ISCSIBackend
|
---|
362 | #endif
|
---|
363 | };
|
---|
364 |
|
---|
365 | /**
|
---|
366 | * internal: add several backends.
|
---|
367 | */
|
---|
368 | static int vdAddBackends(PVBOXHDDBACKEND *ppBackends, unsigned cBackends)
|
---|
369 | {
|
---|
370 | PVBOXHDDBACKEND *pTmp = (PVBOXHDDBACKEND*)RTMemRealloc(g_apBackends,
|
---|
371 | (g_cBackends + cBackends) * sizeof(PVBOXHDDBACKEND));
|
---|
372 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(!pTmp))
|
---|
373 | return VERR_NO_MEMORY;
|
---|
374 | g_apBackends = pTmp;
|
---|
375 | memcpy(&g_apBackends[g_cBackends], ppBackends, cBackends * sizeof(PVBOXHDDBACKEND));
|
---|
376 | g_cBackends += cBackends;
|
---|
377 | return VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
378 | }
|
---|
379 |
|
---|
380 | /**
|
---|
381 | * internal: add single backend.
|
---|
382 | */
|
---|
383 | DECLINLINE(int) vdAddBackend(PVBOXHDDBACKEND pBackend)
|
---|
384 | {
|
---|
385 | return vdAddBackends(&pBackend, 1);
|
---|
386 | }
|
---|
387 |
|
---|
388 | /**
|
---|
389 | * internal: issue error message.
|
---|
390 | */
|
---|
391 | static int vdError(PVBOXHDD pDisk, int rc, RT_SRC_POS_DECL,
|
---|
392 | const char *pszFormat, ...)
|
---|
393 | {
|
---|
394 | va_list va;
|
---|
395 | va_start(va, pszFormat);
|
---|
396 | if (pDisk->pInterfaceErrorCallbacks)
|
---|
397 | pDisk->pInterfaceErrorCallbacks->pfnError(pDisk->pInterfaceError->pvUser, rc, RT_SRC_POS_ARGS, pszFormat, va);
|
---|
398 | va_end(va);
|
---|
399 | return rc;
|
---|
400 | }
|
---|
401 |
|
---|
402 | /**
|
---|
403 | * internal: thread synchronization, start read.
|
---|
404 | */
|
---|
405 | DECLINLINE(int) vdThreadStartRead(PVBOXHDD pDisk)
|
---|
406 | {
|
---|
407 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
408 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(pDisk->pInterfaceThreadSyncCallbacks))
|
---|
409 | rc = pDisk->pInterfaceThreadSyncCallbacks->pfnStartRead(pDisk->pInterfaceThreadSync->pvUser);
|
---|
410 | return rc;
|
---|
411 | }
|
---|
412 |
|
---|
413 | /**
|
---|
414 | * internal: thread synchronization, finish read.
|
---|
415 | */
|
---|
416 | DECLINLINE(int) vdThreadFinishRead(PVBOXHDD pDisk)
|
---|
417 | {
|
---|
418 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
419 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(pDisk->pInterfaceThreadSyncCallbacks))
|
---|
420 | rc = pDisk->pInterfaceThreadSyncCallbacks->pfnFinishRead(pDisk->pInterfaceThreadSync->pvUser);
|
---|
421 | return rc;
|
---|
422 | }
|
---|
423 |
|
---|
424 | /**
|
---|
425 | * internal: thread synchronization, start write.
|
---|
426 | */
|
---|
427 | DECLINLINE(int) vdThreadStartWrite(PVBOXHDD pDisk)
|
---|
428 | {
|
---|
429 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
430 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(pDisk->pInterfaceThreadSyncCallbacks))
|
---|
431 | rc = pDisk->pInterfaceThreadSyncCallbacks->pfnStartWrite(pDisk->pInterfaceThreadSync->pvUser);
|
---|
432 | return rc;
|
---|
433 | }
|
---|
434 |
|
---|
435 | /**
|
---|
436 | * internal: thread synchronization, finish write.
|
---|
437 | */
|
---|
438 | DECLINLINE(int) vdThreadFinishWrite(PVBOXHDD pDisk)
|
---|
439 | {
|
---|
440 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
441 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(pDisk->pInterfaceThreadSyncCallbacks))
|
---|
442 | rc = pDisk->pInterfaceThreadSyncCallbacks->pfnFinishWrite(pDisk->pInterfaceThreadSync->pvUser);
|
---|
443 | return rc;
|
---|
444 | }
|
---|
445 |
|
---|
446 | /**
|
---|
447 | * internal: find image format backend.
|
---|
448 | */
|
---|
449 | static int vdFindBackend(const char *pszBackend, PCVBOXHDDBACKEND *ppBackend)
|
---|
450 | {
|
---|
451 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
452 | PCVBOXHDDBACKEND pBackend = NULL;
|
---|
453 |
|
---|
454 | if (!g_apBackends)
|
---|
455 | VDInit();
|
---|
456 |
|
---|
457 | for (unsigned i = 0; i < g_cBackends; i++)
|
---|
458 | {
|
---|
459 | if (!RTStrICmp(pszBackend, g_apBackends[i]->pszBackendName))
|
---|
460 | {
|
---|
461 | pBackend = g_apBackends[i];
|
---|
462 | break;
|
---|
463 | }
|
---|
464 | }
|
---|
465 | *ppBackend = pBackend;
|
---|
466 | return rc;
|
---|
467 | }
|
---|
468 |
|
---|
469 | /**
|
---|
470 | * internal: add image structure to the end of images list.
|
---|
471 | */
|
---|
472 | static void vdAddImageToList(PVBOXHDD pDisk, PVDIMAGE pImage)
|
---|
473 | {
|
---|
474 | pImage->pPrev = NULL;
|
---|
475 | pImage->pNext = NULL;
|
---|
476 |
|
---|
477 | if (pDisk->pBase)
|
---|
478 | {
|
---|
479 | Assert(pDisk->cImages > 0);
|
---|
480 | pImage->pPrev = pDisk->pLast;
|
---|
481 | pDisk->pLast->pNext = pImage;
|
---|
482 | pDisk->pLast = pImage;
|
---|
483 | }
|
---|
484 | else
|
---|
485 | {
|
---|
486 | Assert(pDisk->cImages == 0);
|
---|
487 | pDisk->pBase = pImage;
|
---|
488 | pDisk->pLast = pImage;
|
---|
489 | }
|
---|
490 |
|
---|
491 | pDisk->cImages++;
|
---|
492 | }
|
---|
493 |
|
---|
494 | /**
|
---|
495 | * internal: remove image structure from the images list.
|
---|
496 | */
|
---|
497 | static void vdRemoveImageFromList(PVBOXHDD pDisk, PVDIMAGE pImage)
|
---|
498 | {
|
---|
499 | Assert(pDisk->cImages > 0);
|
---|
500 |
|
---|
501 | if (pImage->pPrev)
|
---|
502 | pImage->pPrev->pNext = pImage->pNext;
|
---|
503 | else
|
---|
504 | pDisk->pBase = pImage->pNext;
|
---|
505 |
|
---|
506 | if (pImage->pNext)
|
---|
507 | pImage->pNext->pPrev = pImage->pPrev;
|
---|
508 | else
|
---|
509 | pDisk->pLast = pImage->pPrev;
|
---|
510 |
|
---|
511 | pImage->pPrev = NULL;
|
---|
512 | pImage->pNext = NULL;
|
---|
513 |
|
---|
514 | pDisk->cImages--;
|
---|
515 | }
|
---|
516 |
|
---|
517 | /**
|
---|
518 | * internal: find image by index into the images list.
|
---|
519 | */
|
---|
520 | static PVDIMAGE vdGetImageByNumber(PVBOXHDD pDisk, unsigned nImage)
|
---|
521 | {
|
---|
522 | PVDIMAGE pImage = pDisk->pBase;
|
---|
523 | if (nImage == VD_LAST_IMAGE)
|
---|
524 | return pDisk->pLast;
|
---|
525 | while (pImage && nImage)
|
---|
526 | {
|
---|
527 | pImage = pImage->pNext;
|
---|
528 | nImage--;
|
---|
529 | }
|
---|
530 | return pImage;
|
---|
531 | }
|
---|
532 |
|
---|
533 | /**
|
---|
534 | * internal: read the specified amount of data in whatever blocks the backend
|
---|
535 | * will give us.
|
---|
536 | */
|
---|
537 | static int vdReadHelper(PVBOXHDD pDisk, PVDIMAGE pImage, PVDIMAGE pImageParentOverride,
|
---|
538 | uint64_t uOffset, void *pvBuf, size_t cbRead)
|
---|
539 | {
|
---|
540 | int rc;
|
---|
541 | size_t cbThisRead;
|
---|
542 |
|
---|
543 | /* Loop until all read. */
|
---|
544 | do
|
---|
545 | {
|
---|
546 | /* Search for image with allocated block. Do not attempt to read more
|
---|
547 | * than the previous reads marked as valid. Otherwise this would return
|
---|
548 | * stale data when different block sizes are used for the images. */
|
---|
549 | cbThisRead = cbRead;
|
---|
550 |
|
---|
551 | /*
|
---|
552 | * Try to read from the given image.
|
---|
553 | * If the block is not allocated read from override chain if present.
|
---|
554 | */
|
---|
555 | rc = pImage->Backend->pfnRead(pImage->pvBackendData,
|
---|
556 | uOffset, pvBuf, cbThisRead,
|
---|
557 | &cbThisRead);
|
---|
558 |
|
---|
559 | if (rc == VERR_VD_BLOCK_FREE)
|
---|
560 | {
|
---|
561 | for (PVDIMAGE pCurrImage = pImageParentOverride ? pImageParentOverride : pImage->pPrev;
|
---|
562 | pCurrImage != NULL && rc == VERR_VD_BLOCK_FREE;
|
---|
563 | pCurrImage = pCurrImage->pPrev)
|
---|
564 | {
|
---|
565 | rc = pCurrImage->Backend->pfnRead(pCurrImage->pvBackendData,
|
---|
566 | uOffset, pvBuf, cbThisRead,
|
---|
567 | &cbThisRead);
|
---|
568 | }
|
---|
569 | }
|
---|
570 |
|
---|
571 | /* No image in the chain contains the data for the block. */
|
---|
572 | if (rc == VERR_VD_BLOCK_FREE)
|
---|
573 | {
|
---|
574 | memset(pvBuf, '\0', cbThisRead);
|
---|
575 | rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
576 | }
|
---|
577 |
|
---|
578 | cbRead -= cbThisRead;
|
---|
579 | uOffset += cbThisRead;
|
---|
580 | pvBuf = (char *)pvBuf + cbThisRead;
|
---|
581 | } while (cbRead != 0 && RT_SUCCESS(rc));
|
---|
582 |
|
---|
583 | return rc;
|
---|
584 | }
|
---|
585 |
|
---|
586 | DECLINLINE(PVDIOCTX) vdIoCtxAlloc(PVBOXHDD pDisk, VDIOCTXTXDIR enmTxDir,
|
---|
587 | uint64_t uOffset, size_t cbTransfer,
|
---|
588 | PCRTSGSEG pcaSeg, unsigned cSeg,
|
---|
589 | void *pvAllocation,
|
---|
590 | PFNVDIOCTXTRANSFER pfnIoCtxTransfer)
|
---|
591 | {
|
---|
592 | PVDIOCTX pIoCtx = NULL;
|
---|
593 |
|
---|
594 | pIoCtx = (PVDIOCTX)RTMemCacheAlloc(pDisk->hMemCacheIoCtx);
|
---|
595 | if (RT_LIKELY(pIoCtx))
|
---|
596 | {
|
---|
597 | pIoCtx->pDisk = pDisk;
|
---|
598 | pIoCtx->enmTxDir = enmTxDir;
|
---|
599 | pIoCtx->cbTransferLeft = cbTransfer;
|
---|
600 | pIoCtx->uOffset = uOffset;
|
---|
601 | pIoCtx->cbTransfer = cbTransfer;
|
---|
602 | pIoCtx->cMetaTransfersPending = 0;
|
---|
603 | pIoCtx->fComplete = false;
|
---|
604 | pIoCtx->fBlocked = false;
|
---|
605 | pIoCtx->pvAllocation = pvAllocation;
|
---|
606 | pIoCtx->pfnIoCtxTransfer = pfnIoCtxTransfer;
|
---|
607 | pIoCtx->pfnIoCtxTransferNext = NULL;
|
---|
608 |
|
---|
609 | RTSgBufInit(&pIoCtx->SgBuf, pcaSeg, cSeg);
|
---|
610 | }
|
---|
611 |
|
---|
612 | return pIoCtx;
|
---|
613 | }
|
---|
614 |
|
---|
615 | DECLINLINE(PVDIOCTX) vdIoCtxRootAlloc(PVBOXHDD pDisk, VDIOCTXTXDIR enmTxDir,
|
---|
616 | uint64_t uOffset, size_t cbTransfer,
|
---|
617 | PCRTSGSEG paSeg, unsigned cSeg,
|
---|
618 | PFNVDASYNCTRANSFERCOMPLETE pfnComplete,
|
---|
619 | void *pvUser1, void *pvUser2,
|
---|
620 | void *pvAllocation,
|
---|
621 | PFNVDIOCTXTRANSFER pfnIoCtxTransfer)
|
---|
622 | {
|
---|
623 | PVDIOCTX pIoCtx = vdIoCtxAlloc(pDisk, enmTxDir, uOffset, cbTransfer,
|
---|
624 | paSeg, cSeg, pvAllocation, pfnIoCtxTransfer);
|
---|
625 |
|
---|
626 | if (RT_LIKELY(pIoCtx))
|
---|
627 | {
|
---|
628 | pIoCtx->pIoCtxParent = NULL;
|
---|
629 | pIoCtx->Type.Root.pfnComplete = pfnComplete;
|
---|
630 | pIoCtx->Type.Root.pvUser1 = pvUser1;
|
---|
631 | pIoCtx->Type.Root.pvUser2 = pvUser2;
|
---|
632 | }
|
---|
633 |
|
---|
634 | return pIoCtx;
|
---|
635 | }
|
---|
636 |
|
---|
637 | DECLINLINE(PVDIOCTX) vdIoCtxChildAlloc(PVBOXHDD pDisk, VDIOCTXTXDIR enmTxDir,
|
---|
638 | uint64_t uOffset, size_t cbTransfer,
|
---|
639 | PCRTSGSEG paSeg, unsigned cSeg,
|
---|
640 | PVDIOCTX pIoCtxParent, size_t cbTransferParent,
|
---|
641 | void *pvAllocation,
|
---|
642 | PFNVDIOCTXTRANSFER pfnIoCtxTransfer)
|
---|
643 | {
|
---|
644 | PVDIOCTX pIoCtx = vdIoCtxAlloc(pDisk, enmTxDir, uOffset, cbTransfer,
|
---|
645 | paSeg, cSeg, pvAllocation, pfnIoCtxTransfer);
|
---|
646 |
|
---|
647 | if (RT_LIKELY(pIoCtx))
|
---|
648 | {
|
---|
649 | pIoCtx->pIoCtxParent = pIoCtxParent;
|
---|
650 | pIoCtx->Type.Child.uOffsetSaved = uOffset;
|
---|
651 | pIoCtx->Type.Child.cbTransferLeftSaved = cbTransfer;
|
---|
652 | pIoCtx->Type.Child.cbTransferParent = cbTransferParent;
|
---|
653 | }
|
---|
654 |
|
---|
655 | return pIoCtx;
|
---|
656 | }
|
---|
657 |
|
---|
658 | DECLINLINE(PVDIOTASK) vdIoTaskUserAlloc(PVBOXHDD pDisk, PVDIOCTX pIoCtx, uint32_t cbTransfer)
|
---|
659 | {
|
---|
660 | PVDIOTASK pIoTask = NULL;
|
---|
661 |
|
---|
662 | pIoTask = (PVDIOTASK)RTMemCacheAlloc(pDisk->hMemCacheIoTask);
|
---|
663 | if (pIoTask)
|
---|
664 | {
|
---|
665 | pIoTask->pIoCtx = pIoCtx;
|
---|
666 | pIoTask->fMeta = false;
|
---|
667 | pIoTask->Type.User.cbTransfer = cbTransfer;
|
---|
668 | }
|
---|
669 |
|
---|
670 | return pIoTask;
|
---|
671 | }
|
---|
672 |
|
---|
673 | DECLINLINE(PVDIOTASK) vdIoTaskMetaAlloc(PVBOXHDD pDisk, PVDIOCTX pIoCtx, VDIOCTXTXDIR enmTxDir,
|
---|
674 | PVDIMAGE pImage,
|
---|
675 | PFNVDMETACOMPLETED pfnMetaComplete, void *pvMetaUser)
|
---|
676 | {
|
---|
677 | PVDIOTASK pIoTask = NULL;
|
---|
678 |
|
---|
679 | pIoTask = (PVDIOTASK)RTMemCacheAlloc(pDisk->hMemCacheIoTask);
|
---|
680 | if (pIoTask)
|
---|
681 | {
|
---|
682 | pIoTask->pIoCtx = pIoCtx;
|
---|
683 | pIoTask->fMeta = true;
|
---|
684 | pIoTask->Type.Meta.enmTxDir = enmTxDir;
|
---|
685 | pIoTask->Type.Meta.pfnMetaComplete = pfnMetaComplete;
|
---|
686 | pIoTask->Type.Meta.pvMetaUser = pvMetaUser;
|
---|
687 | pIoTask->Type.Meta.pImage = pImage;
|
---|
688 | }
|
---|
689 |
|
---|
690 | return pIoTask;
|
---|
691 | }
|
---|
692 |
|
---|
693 | DECLINLINE(void) vdIoCtxFree(PVBOXHDD pDisk, PVDIOCTX pIoCtx)
|
---|
694 | {
|
---|
695 | if (pIoCtx->pvAllocation)
|
---|
696 | RTMemFree(pIoCtx->pvAllocation);
|
---|
697 | RTMemCacheFree(pDisk->hMemCacheIoCtx, pIoCtx);
|
---|
698 | }
|
---|
699 |
|
---|
700 | DECLINLINE(void) vdIoTaskFree(PVBOXHDD pDisk, PVDIOTASK pIoTask)
|
---|
701 | {
|
---|
702 | pIoTask->pIoCtx = NULL;
|
---|
703 | RTMemCacheFree(pDisk->hMemCacheIoTask, pIoTask);
|
---|
704 | }
|
---|
705 |
|
---|
706 | DECLINLINE(void) vdIoCtxChildReset(PVDIOCTX pIoCtx)
|
---|
707 | {
|
---|
708 | AssertPtr(pIoCtx->pIoCtxParent);
|
---|
709 |
|
---|
710 | RTSgBufReset(&pIoCtx->SgBuf);
|
---|
711 | pIoCtx->uOffset = pIoCtx->Type.Child.uOffsetSaved;
|
---|
712 | pIoCtx->cbTransferLeft = pIoCtx->Type.Child.cbTransferLeftSaved;
|
---|
713 | }
|
---|
714 |
|
---|
715 | static size_t vdIoCtxCopy(PVDIOCTX pIoCtxDst, PVDIOCTX pIoCtxSrc, size_t cbData)
|
---|
716 | {
|
---|
717 | return RTSgBufCopy(&pIoCtxDst->SgBuf, &pIoCtxSrc->SgBuf, cbData);
|
---|
718 | }
|
---|
719 |
|
---|
720 | static int vdIoCtxCmp(PVDIOCTX pIoCtx1, PVDIOCTX pIoCtx2, size_t cbData)
|
---|
721 | {
|
---|
722 | return RTSgBufCmp(&pIoCtx1->SgBuf, &pIoCtx2->SgBuf, cbData);
|
---|
723 | }
|
---|
724 |
|
---|
725 | static size_t vdIoCtxCopyTo(PVDIOCTX pIoCtx, uint8_t *pbData, size_t cbData)
|
---|
726 | {
|
---|
727 | return RTSgBufCopyToBuf(&pIoCtx->SgBuf, pbData, cbData);
|
---|
728 | }
|
---|
729 |
|
---|
730 |
|
---|
731 | static size_t vdIoCtxCopyFrom(PVDIOCTX pIoCtx, uint8_t *pbData, size_t cbData)
|
---|
732 | {
|
---|
733 | return RTSgBufCopyFromBuf(&pIoCtx->SgBuf, pbData, cbData);
|
---|
734 | }
|
---|
735 |
|
---|
736 | static size_t vdIoCtxSet(PVDIOCTX pIoCtx, uint8_t ch, size_t cbData)
|
---|
737 | {
|
---|
738 | return RTSgBufSet(&pIoCtx->SgBuf, ch, cbData);
|
---|
739 | }
|
---|
740 |
|
---|
741 | static int vdIoCtxProcess(PVDIOCTX pIoCtx)
|
---|
742 | {
|
---|
743 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
744 | PVBOXHDD pDisk = pIoCtx->pDisk;
|
---|
745 |
|
---|
746 | if ( !pIoCtx->cbTransferLeft
|
---|
747 | && !pIoCtx->cMetaTransfersPending)
|
---|
748 | return VINF_VD_ASYNC_IO_FINISHED;
|
---|
749 |
|
---|
750 | if (pIoCtx->pfnIoCtxTransfer)
|
---|
751 | {
|
---|
752 | /* Call the transfer function advancing to the next while there is no error. */
|
---|
753 | RTCritSectEnter(&pDisk->CritSect);
|
---|
754 | while ( pIoCtx->pfnIoCtxTransfer
|
---|
755 | && RT_SUCCESS(rc))
|
---|
756 | {
|
---|
757 | rc = pIoCtx->pfnIoCtxTransfer(pIoCtx);
|
---|
758 |
|
---|
759 | /* Advance to the next part of the transfer if the current one succeeded. */
|
---|
760 | if (RT_SUCCESS(rc))
|
---|
761 | {
|
---|
762 | pIoCtx->pfnIoCtxTransfer = pIoCtx->pfnIoCtxTransferNext;
|
---|
763 | pIoCtx->pfnIoCtxTransferNext = NULL;
|
---|
764 | }
|
---|
765 | }
|
---|
766 | RTCritSectLeave(&pDisk->CritSect);
|
---|
767 | }
|
---|
768 |
|
---|
769 | if ( RT_SUCCESS(rc)
|
---|
770 | && !pIoCtx->cbTransferLeft
|
---|
771 | && !pIoCtx->cMetaTransfersPending)
|
---|
772 | rc = VINF_VD_ASYNC_IO_FINISHED;
|
---|
773 | else if (RT_SUCCESS(rc))
|
---|
774 | rc = VERR_VD_ASYNC_IO_IN_PROGRESS;
|
---|
775 |
|
---|
776 | LogFlowFunc(("pIoCtx=%#p rc=%Rrc cbTransferLeft=%u cMetaTransfersPending=%u fComplete=%RTbool\n",
|
---|
777 | pIoCtx, rc, pIoCtx->cbTransferLeft, pIoCtx->cMetaTransfersPending,
|
---|
778 | pIoCtx->fComplete));
|
---|
779 |
|
---|
780 | return rc;
|
---|
781 | }
|
---|
782 |
|
---|
783 | /**
|
---|
784 | * internal: read the specified amount of data in whatever blocks the backend
|
---|
785 | * will give us - async version.
|
---|
786 | */
|
---|
787 | static int vdReadHelperAsync(PVDIOCTX pIoCtx)
|
---|
788 | {
|
---|
789 | int rc;
|
---|
790 | size_t cbToRead = pIoCtx->cbTransfer;
|
---|
791 | uint64_t uOffset = pIoCtx->uOffset;
|
---|
792 | PVDIMAGE pCurrImage = NULL;
|
---|
793 | size_t cbThisRead;
|
---|
794 |
|
---|
795 | /* Loop until all reads started or we have a backend which needs to read metadata. */
|
---|
796 | do
|
---|
797 | {
|
---|
798 | pCurrImage = pIoCtx->pImage;
|
---|
799 |
|
---|
800 | /* Search for image with allocated block. Do not attempt to read more
|
---|
801 | * than the previous reads marked as valid. Otherwise this would return
|
---|
802 | * stale data when different block sizes are used for the images. */
|
---|
803 | cbThisRead = cbToRead;
|
---|
804 |
|
---|
805 | /*
|
---|
806 | * Try to read from the given image.
|
---|
807 | * If the block is not allocated read from override chain if present.
|
---|
808 | */
|
---|
809 | rc = pCurrImage->Backend->pfnAsyncRead(pCurrImage->pvBackendData,
|
---|
810 | uOffset, cbThisRead,
|
---|
811 | pIoCtx, &cbThisRead);
|
---|
812 |
|
---|
813 | if (rc == VERR_VD_BLOCK_FREE)
|
---|
814 | {
|
---|
815 | for (pCurrImage = pCurrImage->pPrev;
|
---|
816 | pCurrImage != NULL && rc == VERR_VD_BLOCK_FREE;
|
---|
817 | pCurrImage = pCurrImage->pPrev)
|
---|
818 | {
|
---|
819 | rc = pCurrImage->Backend->pfnAsyncRead(pCurrImage->pvBackendData,
|
---|
820 | uOffset, cbThisRead,
|
---|
821 | pIoCtx, &cbThisRead);
|
---|
822 | }
|
---|
823 | }
|
---|
824 |
|
---|
825 | if (rc == VERR_VD_BLOCK_FREE)
|
---|
826 | {
|
---|
827 | /* No image in the chain contains the data for the block. */
|
---|
828 | vdIoCtxSet(pIoCtx, '\0', cbThisRead);
|
---|
829 | ASMAtomicSubU32(&pIoCtx->cbTransferLeft, cbThisRead);
|
---|
830 | rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
831 | }
|
---|
832 |
|
---|
833 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
834 | break;
|
---|
835 |
|
---|
836 | cbToRead -= cbThisRead;
|
---|
837 | uOffset += cbThisRead;
|
---|
838 | } while (cbToRead != 0 && RT_SUCCESS(rc));
|
---|
839 |
|
---|
840 | if (rc == VERR_VD_NOT_ENOUGH_METADATA)
|
---|
841 | {
|
---|
842 | /* Save the current state. */
|
---|
843 | pIoCtx->uOffset = uOffset;
|
---|
844 | pIoCtx->cbTransfer = cbToRead;
|
---|
845 | pIoCtx->pImage = pCurrImage;
|
---|
846 | rc = VERR_VD_ASYNC_IO_IN_PROGRESS;
|
---|
847 | }
|
---|
848 |
|
---|
849 | return rc;
|
---|
850 | }
|
---|
851 |
|
---|
852 | /**
|
---|
853 | * internal: parent image read wrapper for compacting.
|
---|
854 | */
|
---|
855 | static int vdParentRead(void *pvUser, uint64_t uOffset, void *pvBuf,
|
---|
856 | size_t cbRead)
|
---|
857 | {
|
---|
858 | PVDPARENTSTATEDESC pParentState = (PVDPARENTSTATEDESC)pvUser;
|
---|
859 | return vdReadHelper(pParentState->pDisk, pParentState->pImage, NULL, uOffset,
|
---|
860 | pvBuf, cbRead);
|
---|
861 | }
|
---|
862 |
|
---|
863 | /**
|
---|
864 | * internal: mark the disk as not modified.
|
---|
865 | */
|
---|
866 | static void vdResetModifiedFlag(PVBOXHDD pDisk)
|
---|
867 | {
|
---|
868 | if (pDisk->uModified & VD_IMAGE_MODIFIED_FLAG)
|
---|
869 | {
|
---|
870 | /* generate new last-modified uuid */
|
---|
871 | if (!(pDisk->uModified & VD_IMAGE_MODIFIED_DISABLE_UUID_UPDATE))
|
---|
872 | {
|
---|
873 | RTUUID Uuid;
|
---|
874 |
|
---|
875 | RTUuidCreate(&Uuid);
|
---|
876 | pDisk->pLast->Backend->pfnSetModificationUuid(pDisk->pLast->pvBackendData,
|
---|
877 | &Uuid);
|
---|
878 | }
|
---|
879 |
|
---|
880 | pDisk->uModified &= ~VD_IMAGE_MODIFIED_FLAG;
|
---|
881 | }
|
---|
882 | }
|
---|
883 |
|
---|
884 | /**
|
---|
885 | * internal: mark the disk as modified.
|
---|
886 | */
|
---|
887 | static void vdSetModifiedFlag(PVBOXHDD pDisk)
|
---|
888 | {
|
---|
889 | pDisk->uModified |= VD_IMAGE_MODIFIED_FLAG;
|
---|
890 | if (pDisk->uModified & VD_IMAGE_MODIFIED_FIRST)
|
---|
891 | {
|
---|
892 | pDisk->uModified &= ~VD_IMAGE_MODIFIED_FIRST;
|
---|
893 |
|
---|
894 | /* First modify, so create a UUID and ensure it's written to disk. */
|
---|
895 | vdResetModifiedFlag(pDisk);
|
---|
896 |
|
---|
897 | if (!(pDisk->uModified | VD_IMAGE_MODIFIED_DISABLE_UUID_UPDATE))
|
---|
898 | pDisk->pLast->Backend->pfnFlush(pDisk->pLast->pvBackendData);
|
---|
899 | }
|
---|
900 | }
|
---|
901 |
|
---|
902 | /**
|
---|
903 | * internal: write a complete block (only used for diff images), taking the
|
---|
904 | * remaining data from parent images. This implementation does not optimize
|
---|
905 | * anything (except that it tries to read only that portions from parent
|
---|
906 | * images that are really needed).
|
---|
907 | */
|
---|
908 | static int vdWriteHelperStandard(PVBOXHDD pDisk, PVDIMAGE pImage,
|
---|
909 | PVDIMAGE pImageParentOverride,
|
---|
910 | uint64_t uOffset, size_t cbWrite,
|
---|
911 | size_t cbThisWrite, size_t cbPreRead,
|
---|
912 | size_t cbPostRead, const void *pvBuf,
|
---|
913 | void *pvTmp)
|
---|
914 | {
|
---|
915 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
916 |
|
---|
917 | /* Read the data that goes before the write to fill the block. */
|
---|
918 | if (cbPreRead)
|
---|
919 | {
|
---|
920 | rc = vdReadHelper(pDisk, pImage, pImageParentOverride,
|
---|
921 | uOffset - cbPreRead, pvTmp, cbPreRead);
|
---|
922 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
923 | return rc;
|
---|
924 | }
|
---|
925 |
|
---|
926 | /* Copy the data to the right place in the buffer. */
|
---|
927 | memcpy((char *)pvTmp + cbPreRead, pvBuf, cbThisWrite);
|
---|
928 |
|
---|
929 | /* Read the data that goes after the write to fill the block. */
|
---|
930 | if (cbPostRead)
|
---|
931 | {
|
---|
932 | /* If we have data to be written, use that instead of reading
|
---|
933 | * data from the image. */
|
---|
934 | size_t cbWriteCopy;
|
---|
935 | if (cbWrite > cbThisWrite)
|
---|
936 | cbWriteCopy = RT_MIN(cbWrite - cbThisWrite, cbPostRead);
|
---|
937 | else
|
---|
938 | cbWriteCopy = 0;
|
---|
939 | /* Figure out how much we cannnot read from the image, because
|
---|
940 | * the last block to write might exceed the nominal size of the
|
---|
941 | * image for technical reasons. */
|
---|
942 | size_t cbFill;
|
---|
943 | if (uOffset + cbThisWrite + cbPostRead > pDisk->cbSize)
|
---|
944 | cbFill = uOffset + cbThisWrite + cbPostRead - pDisk->cbSize;
|
---|
945 | else
|
---|
946 | cbFill = 0;
|
---|
947 | /* The rest must be read from the image. */
|
---|
948 | size_t cbReadImage = cbPostRead - cbWriteCopy - cbFill;
|
---|
949 |
|
---|
950 | /* Now assemble the remaining data. */
|
---|
951 | if (cbWriteCopy)
|
---|
952 | memcpy((char *)pvTmp + cbPreRead + cbThisWrite,
|
---|
953 | (char *)pvBuf + cbThisWrite, cbWriteCopy);
|
---|
954 | if (cbReadImage)
|
---|
955 | rc = vdReadHelper(pDisk, pImage, pImageParentOverride,
|
---|
956 | uOffset + cbThisWrite + cbWriteCopy,
|
---|
957 | (char *)pvTmp + cbPreRead + cbThisWrite + cbWriteCopy,
|
---|
958 | cbReadImage);
|
---|
959 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
960 | return rc;
|
---|
961 | /* Zero out the remainder of this block. Will never be visible, as this
|
---|
962 | * is beyond the limit of the image. */
|
---|
963 | if (cbFill)
|
---|
964 | memset((char *)pvTmp + cbPreRead + cbThisWrite + cbWriteCopy + cbReadImage,
|
---|
965 | '\0', cbFill);
|
---|
966 | }
|
---|
967 |
|
---|
968 | /* Write the full block to the virtual disk. */
|
---|
969 | rc = pImage->Backend->pfnWrite(pImage->pvBackendData,
|
---|
970 | uOffset - cbPreRead, pvTmp,
|
---|
971 | cbPreRead + cbThisWrite + cbPostRead,
|
---|
972 | NULL, &cbPreRead, &cbPostRead, 0);
|
---|
973 | Assert(rc != VERR_VD_BLOCK_FREE);
|
---|
974 | Assert(cbPreRead == 0);
|
---|
975 | Assert(cbPostRead == 0);
|
---|
976 |
|
---|
977 | return rc;
|
---|
978 | }
|
---|
979 |
|
---|
980 | /**
|
---|
981 | * internal: write a complete block (only used for diff images), taking the
|
---|
982 | * remaining data from parent images. This implementation optimizes out writes
|
---|
983 | * that do not change the data relative to the state as of the parent images.
|
---|
984 | * All backends which support differential/growing images support this.
|
---|
985 | */
|
---|
986 | static int vdWriteHelperOptimized(PVBOXHDD pDisk, PVDIMAGE pImage,
|
---|
987 | PVDIMAGE pImageParentOverride,
|
---|
988 | uint64_t uOffset, size_t cbWrite,
|
---|
989 | size_t cbThisWrite, size_t cbPreRead,
|
---|
990 | size_t cbPostRead, const void *pvBuf,
|
---|
991 | void *pvTmp)
|
---|
992 | {
|
---|
993 | size_t cbFill = 0;
|
---|
994 | size_t cbWriteCopy = 0;
|
---|
995 | size_t cbReadImage = 0;
|
---|
996 | int rc;
|
---|
997 |
|
---|
998 | if (cbPostRead)
|
---|
999 | {
|
---|
1000 | /* Figure out how much we cannnot read from the image, because
|
---|
1001 | * the last block to write might exceed the nominal size of the
|
---|
1002 | * image for technical reasons. */
|
---|
1003 | if (uOffset + cbThisWrite + cbPostRead > pDisk->cbSize)
|
---|
1004 | cbFill = uOffset + cbThisWrite + cbPostRead - pDisk->cbSize;
|
---|
1005 |
|
---|
1006 | /* If we have data to be written, use that instead of reading
|
---|
1007 | * data from the image. */
|
---|
1008 | if (cbWrite > cbThisWrite)
|
---|
1009 | cbWriteCopy = RT_MIN(cbWrite - cbThisWrite, cbPostRead);
|
---|
1010 |
|
---|
1011 | /* The rest must be read from the image. */
|
---|
1012 | cbReadImage = cbPostRead - cbWriteCopy - cbFill;
|
---|
1013 | }
|
---|
1014 |
|
---|
1015 | /* Read the entire data of the block so that we can compare whether it will
|
---|
1016 | * be modified by the write or not. */
|
---|
1017 | rc = vdReadHelper(pDisk, pImage, pImageParentOverride, uOffset - cbPreRead, pvTmp,
|
---|
1018 | cbPreRead + cbThisWrite + cbPostRead - cbFill);
|
---|
1019 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
1020 | return rc;
|
---|
1021 |
|
---|
1022 | /* Check if the write would modify anything in this block. */
|
---|
1023 | if ( !memcmp((char *)pvTmp + cbPreRead, pvBuf, cbThisWrite)
|
---|
1024 | && (!cbWriteCopy || !memcmp((char *)pvTmp + cbPreRead + cbThisWrite,
|
---|
1025 | (char *)pvBuf + cbThisWrite, cbWriteCopy)))
|
---|
1026 | {
|
---|
1027 | /* Block is completely unchanged, so no need to write anything. */
|
---|
1028 | return VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
1029 | }
|
---|
1030 |
|
---|
1031 | /* Copy the data to the right place in the buffer. */
|
---|
1032 | memcpy((char *)pvTmp + cbPreRead, pvBuf, cbThisWrite);
|
---|
1033 |
|
---|
1034 | /* Handle the data that goes after the write to fill the block. */
|
---|
1035 | if (cbPostRead)
|
---|
1036 | {
|
---|
1037 | /* Now assemble the remaining data. */
|
---|
1038 | if (cbWriteCopy)
|
---|
1039 | memcpy((char *)pvTmp + cbPreRead + cbThisWrite,
|
---|
1040 | (char *)pvBuf + cbThisWrite, cbWriteCopy);
|
---|
1041 | /* Zero out the remainder of this block. Will never be visible, as this
|
---|
1042 | * is beyond the limit of the image. */
|
---|
1043 | if (cbFill)
|
---|
1044 | memset((char *)pvTmp + cbPreRead + cbThisWrite + cbWriteCopy + cbReadImage,
|
---|
1045 | '\0', cbFill);
|
---|
1046 | }
|
---|
1047 |
|
---|
1048 | /* Write the full block to the virtual disk. */
|
---|
1049 | rc = pImage->Backend->pfnWrite(pImage->pvBackendData,
|
---|
1050 | uOffset - cbPreRead, pvTmp,
|
---|
1051 | cbPreRead + cbThisWrite + cbPostRead,
|
---|
1052 | NULL, &cbPreRead, &cbPostRead, 0);
|
---|
1053 | Assert(rc != VERR_VD_BLOCK_FREE);
|
---|
1054 | Assert(cbPreRead == 0);
|
---|
1055 | Assert(cbPostRead == 0);
|
---|
1056 |
|
---|
1057 | return rc;
|
---|
1058 | }
|
---|
1059 |
|
---|
1060 | /**
|
---|
1061 | * internal: write buffer to the image, taking care of block boundaries and
|
---|
1062 | * write optimizations.
|
---|
1063 | */
|
---|
1064 | static int vdWriteHelper(PVBOXHDD pDisk, PVDIMAGE pImage, PVDIMAGE pImageParentOverride,
|
---|
1065 | uint64_t uOffset, const void *pvBuf, size_t cbWrite)
|
---|
1066 | {
|
---|
1067 | int rc;
|
---|
1068 | unsigned fWrite;
|
---|
1069 | size_t cbThisWrite;
|
---|
1070 | size_t cbPreRead, cbPostRead;
|
---|
1071 |
|
---|
1072 | /* Loop until all written. */
|
---|
1073 | do
|
---|
1074 | {
|
---|
1075 | /* Try to write the possibly partial block to the last opened image.
|
---|
1076 | * This works when the block is already allocated in this image or
|
---|
1077 | * if it is a full-block write (and allocation isn't suppressed below).
|
---|
1078 | * For image formats which don't support zero blocks, it's beneficial
|
---|
1079 | * to avoid unnecessarily allocating unchanged blocks. This prevents
|
---|
1080 | * unwanted expanding of images. VMDK is an example. */
|
---|
1081 | cbThisWrite = cbWrite;
|
---|
1082 | fWrite = (pImage->uOpenFlags & VD_OPEN_FLAGS_HONOR_SAME)
|
---|
1083 | ? 0 : VD_WRITE_NO_ALLOC;
|
---|
1084 | rc = pImage->Backend->pfnWrite(pImage->pvBackendData, uOffset, pvBuf,
|
---|
1085 | cbThisWrite, &cbThisWrite, &cbPreRead,
|
---|
1086 | &cbPostRead, fWrite);
|
---|
1087 | if (rc == VERR_VD_BLOCK_FREE)
|
---|
1088 | {
|
---|
1089 | void *pvTmp = RTMemTmpAlloc(cbPreRead + cbThisWrite + cbPostRead);
|
---|
1090 | AssertBreakStmt(VALID_PTR(pvTmp), rc = VERR_NO_MEMORY);
|
---|
1091 |
|
---|
1092 | if (!(pImage->uOpenFlags & VD_OPEN_FLAGS_HONOR_SAME))
|
---|
1093 | {
|
---|
1094 | /* Optimized write, suppress writing to a so far unallocated
|
---|
1095 | * block if the data is in fact not changed. */
|
---|
1096 | rc = vdWriteHelperOptimized(pDisk, pImage, pImageParentOverride,
|
---|
1097 | uOffset, cbWrite,
|
---|
1098 | cbThisWrite, cbPreRead, cbPostRead,
|
---|
1099 | pvBuf, pvTmp);
|
---|
1100 | }
|
---|
1101 | else
|
---|
1102 | {
|
---|
1103 | /* Normal write, not optimized in any way. The block will
|
---|
1104 | * be written no matter what. This will usually (unless the
|
---|
1105 | * backend has some further optimization enabled) cause the
|
---|
1106 | * block to be allocated. */
|
---|
1107 | rc = vdWriteHelperStandard(pDisk, pImage, pImageParentOverride,
|
---|
1108 | uOffset, cbWrite,
|
---|
1109 | cbThisWrite, cbPreRead, cbPostRead,
|
---|
1110 | pvBuf, pvTmp);
|
---|
1111 | }
|
---|
1112 | RTMemTmpFree(pvTmp);
|
---|
1113 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
1114 | break;
|
---|
1115 | }
|
---|
1116 |
|
---|
1117 | cbWrite -= cbThisWrite;
|
---|
1118 | uOffset += cbThisWrite;
|
---|
1119 | pvBuf = (char *)pvBuf + cbThisWrite;
|
---|
1120 | } while (cbWrite != 0 && RT_SUCCESS(rc));
|
---|
1121 |
|
---|
1122 | return rc;
|
---|
1123 | }
|
---|
1124 |
|
---|
1125 | /**
|
---|
1126 | * internal: write a complete block (only used for diff images), taking the
|
---|
1127 | * remaining data from parent images. This implementation does not optimize
|
---|
1128 | * anything (except that it tries to read only that portions from parent
|
---|
1129 | * images that are really needed) - async version.
|
---|
1130 | */
|
---|
1131 | static int vdWriteHelperStandardAsync(PVDIOCTX pIoCtx)
|
---|
1132 | {
|
---|
1133 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
1134 |
|
---|
1135 | #if 0
|
---|
1136 |
|
---|
1137 | /* Read the data that goes before the write to fill the block. */
|
---|
1138 | if (cbPreRead)
|
---|
1139 | {
|
---|
1140 | rc = vdReadHelperAsync(pIoCtxDst);
|
---|
1141 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
1142 | return rc;
|
---|
1143 | }
|
---|
1144 |
|
---|
1145 | /* Copy the data to the right place in the buffer. */
|
---|
1146 | vdIoCtxCopy(pIoCtxDst, pIoCtxSrc, cbThisWrite);
|
---|
1147 |
|
---|
1148 | /* Read the data that goes after the write to fill the block. */
|
---|
1149 | if (cbPostRead)
|
---|
1150 | {
|
---|
1151 | /* If we have data to be written, use that instead of reading
|
---|
1152 | * data from the image. */
|
---|
1153 | size_t cbWriteCopy;
|
---|
1154 | if (cbWrite > cbThisWrite)
|
---|
1155 | cbWriteCopy = RT_MIN(cbWrite - cbThisWrite, cbPostRead);
|
---|
1156 | else
|
---|
1157 | cbWriteCopy = 0;
|
---|
1158 | /* Figure out how much we cannnot read from the image, because
|
---|
1159 | * the last block to write might exceed the nominal size of the
|
---|
1160 | * image for technical reasons. */
|
---|
1161 | size_t cbFill;
|
---|
1162 | if (uOffset + cbThisWrite + cbPostRead > pDisk->cbSize)
|
---|
1163 | cbFill = uOffset + cbThisWrite + cbPostRead - pDisk->cbSize;
|
---|
1164 | else
|
---|
1165 | cbFill = 0;
|
---|
1166 | /* The rest must be read from the image. */
|
---|
1167 | size_t cbReadImage = cbPostRead - cbWriteCopy - cbFill;
|
---|
1168 |
|
---|
1169 | /* Now assemble the remaining data. */
|
---|
1170 | if (cbWriteCopy)
|
---|
1171 | {
|
---|
1172 | vdIoCtxCopy(pIoCtxDst, pIoCtxSrc, cbWriteCopy);
|
---|
1173 | ASMAtomicSubU32(&pIoCtxDst->cbTransferLeft, cbWriteCopy);
|
---|
1174 | }
|
---|
1175 |
|
---|
1176 | if (cbReadImage)
|
---|
1177 | rc = vdReadHelperAsync(pDisk, pImage, pImageParentOverride, pIoCtxDst,
|
---|
1178 | uOffset + cbThisWrite + cbWriteCopy,
|
---|
1179 | cbReadImage);
|
---|
1180 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
1181 | return rc;
|
---|
1182 | /* Zero out the remainder of this block. Will never be visible, as this
|
---|
1183 | * is beyond the limit of the image. */
|
---|
1184 | if (cbFill)
|
---|
1185 | {
|
---|
1186 | vdIoCtxSet(pIoCtxDst, '\0', cbFill);
|
---|
1187 | ASMAtomicSubU32(&pIoCtxDst->cbTransferLeft, cbFill);
|
---|
1188 | }
|
---|
1189 | }
|
---|
1190 |
|
---|
1191 | if ( !pIoCtxDst->cbTransferLeft
|
---|
1192 | && !pIoCtxDst->cMetaTransfersPending
|
---|
1193 | && ASMAtomicCmpXchgBool(&pIoCtxDst->fComplete, true, false))
|
---|
1194 | {
|
---|
1195 | /* Write the full block to the virtual disk. */
|
---|
1196 | vdIoCtxChildReset(pIoCtxDst);
|
---|
1197 | rc = pImage->Backend->pfnAsyncWrite(pImage->pvBackendData,
|
---|
1198 | uOffset - cbPreRead,
|
---|
1199 | cbPreRead + cbThisWrite + cbPostRead,
|
---|
1200 | pIoCtxDst,
|
---|
1201 | NULL, &cbPreRead, &cbPostRead, 0);
|
---|
1202 | Assert(rc != VERR_VD_BLOCK_FREE);
|
---|
1203 | Assert(cbPreRead == 0);
|
---|
1204 | Assert(cbPostRead == 0);
|
---|
1205 | }
|
---|
1206 | else
|
---|
1207 | {
|
---|
1208 | LogFlow(("cbTransferLeft=%u cMetaTransfersPending=%u fComplete=%RTbool\n",
|
---|
1209 | pIoCtxDst->cbTransferLeft, pIoCtxDst->cMetaTransfersPending,
|
---|
1210 | pIoCtxDst->fComplete));
|
---|
1211 | rc = VERR_VD_ASYNC_IO_IN_PROGRESS;
|
---|
1212 | }
|
---|
1213 |
|
---|
1214 | return rc;
|
---|
1215 | #endif
|
---|
1216 | return VERR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
|
---|
1217 | }
|
---|
1218 |
|
---|
1219 | static int vdWriteHelperOptimizedCmpAndWriteAsync(PVDIOCTX pIoCtx)
|
---|
1220 | {
|
---|
1221 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
1222 | PVDIMAGE pImage = pIoCtx->pImage;
|
---|
1223 | size_t cbThisWrite = 0;
|
---|
1224 | size_t cbPreRead = pIoCtx->Type.Child.cbPreRead;
|
---|
1225 | size_t cbPostRead = pIoCtx->Type.Child.cbPostRead;
|
---|
1226 | size_t cbWriteCopy = pIoCtx->Type.Child.Write.Optimized.cbWriteCopy;
|
---|
1227 | size_t cbFill = pIoCtx->Type.Child.Write.Optimized.cbFill;
|
---|
1228 | size_t cbReadImage = pIoCtx->Type.Child.Write.Optimized.cbReadImage;
|
---|
1229 | PVDIOCTX pIoCtxParent = pIoCtx->pIoCtxParent;
|
---|
1230 |
|
---|
1231 | AssertPtr(pIoCtxParent);
|
---|
1232 | Assert(!pIoCtx->cbTransferLeft && !pIoCtx->cMetaTransfersPending);
|
---|
1233 |
|
---|
1234 | vdIoCtxChildReset(pIoCtx);
|
---|
1235 | cbThisWrite = pIoCtx->Type.Child.cbTransferParent;
|
---|
1236 | RTSgBufAdvance(&pIoCtx->SgBuf, cbPreRead);
|
---|
1237 |
|
---|
1238 | /* Check if the write would modify anything in this block. */
|
---|
1239 | if (!RTSgBufCmp(&pIoCtx->SgBuf, &pIoCtxParent->SgBuf, cbThisWrite))
|
---|
1240 | {
|
---|
1241 | RTSGBUF SgBufSrcTmp;
|
---|
1242 |
|
---|
1243 | RTSgBufClone(&SgBufSrcTmp, &pIoCtxParent->SgBuf);
|
---|
1244 | RTSgBufAdvance(&SgBufSrcTmp, cbThisWrite);
|
---|
1245 | RTSgBufAdvance(&pIoCtx->SgBuf, cbThisWrite);
|
---|
1246 |
|
---|
1247 | if (!cbWriteCopy || !RTSgBufCmp(&pIoCtx->SgBuf, &SgBufSrcTmp, cbWriteCopy))
|
---|
1248 | {
|
---|
1249 | /* Block is completely unchanged, so no need to write anything. */
|
---|
1250 | LogFlowFunc(("Block didn't changed\n"));
|
---|
1251 | ASMAtomicWriteU32(&pIoCtx->cbTransferLeft, 0);
|
---|
1252 | return VINF_VD_ASYNC_IO_FINISHED;
|
---|
1253 | }
|
---|
1254 | }
|
---|
1255 |
|
---|
1256 | /* Copy the data to the right place in the buffer. */
|
---|
1257 | RTSgBufReset(&pIoCtx->SgBuf);
|
---|
1258 | RTSgBufAdvance(&pIoCtx->SgBuf, cbPreRead);
|
---|
1259 | vdIoCtxCopy(pIoCtx, pIoCtxParent, cbThisWrite);
|
---|
1260 |
|
---|
1261 | /* Handle the data that goes after the write to fill the block. */
|
---|
1262 | if (cbPostRead)
|
---|
1263 | {
|
---|
1264 | /* Now assemble the remaining data. */
|
---|
1265 | if (cbWriteCopy)
|
---|
1266 | vdIoCtxCopy(pIoCtx, pIoCtxParent, cbWriteCopy);
|
---|
1267 | /* Zero out the remainder of this block. Will never be visible, as this
|
---|
1268 | * is beyond the limit of the image. */
|
---|
1269 | if (cbFill)
|
---|
1270 | {
|
---|
1271 | RTSgBufAdvance(&pIoCtx->SgBuf, cbReadImage);
|
---|
1272 | vdIoCtxSet(pIoCtx, '\0', cbFill);
|
---|
1273 | }
|
---|
1274 | }
|
---|
1275 |
|
---|
1276 | /* Write the full block to the virtual disk. */
|
---|
1277 | RTSgBufReset(&pIoCtx->SgBuf);
|
---|
1278 | rc = pImage->Backend->pfnAsyncWrite(pImage->pvBackendData,
|
---|
1279 | pIoCtx->uOffset - cbPreRead,
|
---|
1280 | cbPreRead + pIoCtx->cbTransferLeft + cbPostRead,
|
---|
1281 | pIoCtx, NULL, &cbPreRead, &cbPostRead, 0);
|
---|
1282 | Assert(rc != VERR_VD_BLOCK_FREE);
|
---|
1283 | Assert(cbPreRead == 0);
|
---|
1284 | Assert(cbPostRead == 0);
|
---|
1285 |
|
---|
1286 | return rc;
|
---|
1287 | }
|
---|
1288 |
|
---|
1289 | static int vdWriteHelperOptimizedPreReadAsync(PVDIOCTX pIoCtx)
|
---|
1290 | {
|
---|
1291 | pIoCtx->pfnIoCtxTransferNext = vdWriteHelperOptimizedCmpAndWriteAsync;
|
---|
1292 | return vdReadHelperAsync(pIoCtx);
|
---|
1293 | }
|
---|
1294 |
|
---|
1295 | /**
|
---|
1296 | * internal: write a complete block (only used for diff images), taking the
|
---|
1297 | * remaining data from parent images. This implementation optimizes out writes
|
---|
1298 | * that do not change the data relative to the state as of the parent images.
|
---|
1299 | * All backends which support differential/growing images support this - async version.
|
---|
1300 | */
|
---|
1301 | static int vdWriteHelperOptimizedAsync(PVDIOCTX pIoCtx)
|
---|
1302 | {
|
---|
1303 | PVBOXHDD pDisk = pIoCtx->pDisk;
|
---|
1304 | uint64_t uOffset = pIoCtx->Type.Child.uOffsetSaved;
|
---|
1305 | size_t cbThisWrite = pIoCtx->Type.Child.cbTransferParent;
|
---|
1306 | size_t cbPreRead = pIoCtx->Type.Child.cbPreRead;
|
---|
1307 | size_t cbPostRead = pIoCtx->Type.Child.cbPostRead;
|
---|
1308 | size_t cbWrite = pIoCtx->Type.Child.Write.Optimized.cbWrite;
|
---|
1309 | size_t cbFill = 0;
|
---|
1310 | size_t cbWriteCopy = 0;
|
---|
1311 | size_t cbReadImage = 0;
|
---|
1312 | int rc;
|
---|
1313 |
|
---|
1314 | AssertPtr(pIoCtx->pIoCtxParent);
|
---|
1315 |
|
---|
1316 | if (cbPostRead)
|
---|
1317 | {
|
---|
1318 | /* Figure out how much we cannnot read from the image, because
|
---|
1319 | * the last block to write might exceed the nominal size of the
|
---|
1320 | * image for technical reasons. */
|
---|
1321 | if (uOffset + cbThisWrite + cbPostRead > pDisk->cbSize)
|
---|
1322 | cbFill = uOffset + cbThisWrite + cbPostRead - pDisk->cbSize;
|
---|
1323 |
|
---|
1324 | /* If we have data to be written, use that instead of reading
|
---|
1325 | * data from the image. */
|
---|
1326 | if (cbWrite > cbThisWrite)
|
---|
1327 | cbWriteCopy = RT_MIN(cbWrite - cbThisWrite, cbPostRead);
|
---|
1328 |
|
---|
1329 | /* The rest must be read from the image. */
|
---|
1330 | cbReadImage = cbPostRead - cbWriteCopy - cbFill;
|
---|
1331 | }
|
---|
1332 |
|
---|
1333 | pIoCtx->Type.Child.Write.Optimized.cbFill = cbFill;
|
---|
1334 | pIoCtx->Type.Child.Write.Optimized.cbWriteCopy = cbWriteCopy;
|
---|
1335 | pIoCtx->Type.Child.Write.Optimized.cbReadImage = cbReadImage;
|
---|
1336 |
|
---|
1337 | /* Read the entire data of the block so that we can compare whether it will
|
---|
1338 | * be modified by the write or not. */
|
---|
1339 | pIoCtx->cbTransferLeft = cbPreRead + cbThisWrite + cbPostRead - cbFill;
|
---|
1340 | pIoCtx->cbTransfer = pIoCtx->cbTransferLeft;
|
---|
1341 | pIoCtx->uOffset -= cbPreRead;
|
---|
1342 |
|
---|
1343 | /* Next step */
|
---|
1344 | pIoCtx->pfnIoCtxTransferNext = vdWriteHelperOptimizedPreReadAsync;
|
---|
1345 | return VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
1346 | }
|
---|
1347 |
|
---|
1348 | /**
|
---|
1349 | * internal: write buffer to the image, taking care of block boundaries and
|
---|
1350 | * write optimizations - async version.
|
---|
1351 | */
|
---|
1352 | static int vdWriteHelperAsync(PVDIOCTX pIoCtx)
|
---|
1353 | {
|
---|
1354 | int rc;
|
---|
1355 | size_t cbWrite = pIoCtx->cbTransfer;
|
---|
1356 | uint64_t uOffset = pIoCtx->uOffset;
|
---|
1357 | PVDIMAGE pImage = pIoCtx->pImage;
|
---|
1358 | PVBOXHDD pDisk = pIoCtx->pDisk;
|
---|
1359 | unsigned fWrite;
|
---|
1360 | size_t cbThisWrite;
|
---|
1361 | size_t cbPreRead, cbPostRead;
|
---|
1362 |
|
---|
1363 | /* Loop until all written. */
|
---|
1364 | do
|
---|
1365 | {
|
---|
1366 | /* Try to write the possibly partial block to the last opened image.
|
---|
1367 | * This works when the block is already allocated in this image or
|
---|
1368 | * if it is a full-block write (and allocation isn't suppressed below).
|
---|
1369 | * For image formats which don't support zero blocks, it's beneficial
|
---|
1370 | * to avoid unnecessarily allocating unchanged blocks. This prevents
|
---|
1371 | * unwanted expanding of images. VMDK is an example. */
|
---|
1372 | cbThisWrite = cbWrite;
|
---|
1373 | fWrite = (pImage->uOpenFlags & VD_OPEN_FLAGS_HONOR_SAME)
|
---|
1374 | ? 0 : VD_WRITE_NO_ALLOC;
|
---|
1375 | rc = pImage->Backend->pfnAsyncWrite(pImage->pvBackendData, uOffset,
|
---|
1376 | cbThisWrite, pIoCtx,
|
---|
1377 | &cbThisWrite, &cbPreRead,
|
---|
1378 | &cbPostRead, fWrite);
|
---|
1379 | if (rc == VERR_VD_BLOCK_FREE)
|
---|
1380 | {
|
---|
1381 | /*
|
---|
1382 | * If there is a growing request already put this one onto the waiting list.
|
---|
1383 | * It will be restarted if the current request completes.
|
---|
1384 | */
|
---|
1385 | if (ASMAtomicReadBool(&pDisk->fGrowing))
|
---|
1386 | {
|
---|
1387 | LogFlowFunc(("Deferring write pIoCtx=%#p\n", pIoCtx));
|
---|
1388 | RTListAppend(&pDisk->ListWriteGrowing, &pIoCtx->NodeWriteGrowing);
|
---|
1389 | pIoCtx->fBlocked = true;
|
---|
1390 | Assert(pIoCtx->NodeWriteGrowing.pNext == &pDisk->ListWriteGrowing);
|
---|
1391 | Assert(pDisk->ListWriteGrowing.pPrev == & pIoCtx->NodeWriteGrowing);
|
---|
1392 | rc = VERR_VD_ASYNC_IO_IN_PROGRESS;
|
---|
1393 | break;
|
---|
1394 | }
|
---|
1395 | else
|
---|
1396 | {
|
---|
1397 | /*
|
---|
1398 | * Allocate segment and buffer in one go.
|
---|
1399 | * A bit hackish but avoids the need to allocate memory twice.
|
---|
1400 | */
|
---|
1401 | PRTSGSEG pTmp = (PRTSGSEG)RTMemAlloc(cbPreRead + cbThisWrite + cbPostRead + sizeof(RTSGSEG));
|
---|
1402 | AssertBreakStmt(VALID_PTR(pTmp), rc = VERR_NO_MEMORY);
|
---|
1403 |
|
---|
1404 | pTmp->pvSeg = pTmp + 1;
|
---|
1405 | pTmp->cbSeg = cbPreRead + cbThisWrite + cbPostRead;
|
---|
1406 |
|
---|
1407 | PVDIOCTX pIoCtxWrite = vdIoCtxChildAlloc(pDisk, VDIOCTXTXDIR_WRITE,
|
---|
1408 | uOffset, pTmp->cbSeg,
|
---|
1409 | pTmp, 1,
|
---|
1410 | pIoCtx, cbThisWrite,
|
---|
1411 | pTmp,
|
---|
1412 | (pImage->uOpenFlags & VD_OPEN_FLAGS_HONOR_SAME)
|
---|
1413 | ? vdWriteHelperStandardAsync
|
---|
1414 | : vdWriteHelperOptimizedAsync);
|
---|
1415 | if (!VALID_PTR(pIoCtxWrite))
|
---|
1416 | {
|
---|
1417 | RTMemTmpFree(pTmp);
|
---|
1418 | rc = VERR_NO_MEMORY;
|
---|
1419 | break;
|
---|
1420 | }
|
---|
1421 |
|
---|
1422 | /* Set the state to growing. */
|
---|
1423 | LogFlowFunc(("Disk is growing because of pIoCtx=%#p pIoCtxWrite=%#p\n",
|
---|
1424 | pIoCtx, pIoCtxWrite));
|
---|
1425 | ASMAtomicWriteBool(&pDisk->fGrowing, true);
|
---|
1426 |
|
---|
1427 | pIoCtxWrite->pImage = pImage;
|
---|
1428 | pIoCtxWrite->Type.Child.cbPreRead = cbPreRead;
|
---|
1429 | pIoCtxWrite->Type.Child.cbPostRead = cbPostRead;
|
---|
1430 |
|
---|
1431 | /* Process the write request */
|
---|
1432 | rc = vdIoCtxProcess(pIoCtxWrite);
|
---|
1433 |
|
---|
1434 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc) && (rc != VERR_VD_ASYNC_IO_IN_PROGRESS))
|
---|
1435 | {
|
---|
1436 | vdIoCtxFree(pDisk, pIoCtxWrite);
|
---|
1437 | break;
|
---|
1438 | }
|
---|
1439 | else if ( rc == VINF_VD_ASYNC_IO_FINISHED
|
---|
1440 | && ASMAtomicCmpXchgBool(&pIoCtxWrite->fComplete, true, false))
|
---|
1441 | {
|
---|
1442 | LogFlow(("Child write request completed\n"));
|
---|
1443 | Assert(pIoCtx->cbTransferLeft >= cbThisWrite);
|
---|
1444 | ASMAtomicSubU32(&pIoCtx->cbTransferLeft, cbThisWrite);
|
---|
1445 | ASMAtomicWriteBool(&pDisk->fGrowing, false);
|
---|
1446 | vdIoCtxFree(pDisk, pIoCtxWrite);
|
---|
1447 |
|
---|
1448 | Assert(RTListIsEmpty(&pDisk->ListWriteGrowing));
|
---|
1449 | rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
1450 | }
|
---|
1451 | else
|
---|
1452 | LogFlow(("Child write pending\n"));
|
---|
1453 | }
|
---|
1454 | }
|
---|
1455 |
|
---|
1456 | cbWrite -= cbThisWrite;
|
---|
1457 | uOffset += cbThisWrite;
|
---|
1458 | } while (cbWrite != 0 && RT_SUCCESS(rc));
|
---|
1459 |
|
---|
1460 | if (rc == VERR_VD_ASYNC_IO_IN_PROGRESS)
|
---|
1461 | {
|
---|
1462 | /*
|
---|
1463 | * Tell the caller that we don't need to go back here because all
|
---|
1464 | * writes are initiated.
|
---|
1465 | */
|
---|
1466 | if (!cbWrite)
|
---|
1467 | rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
1468 |
|
---|
1469 | pIoCtx->uOffset = uOffset;
|
---|
1470 | pIoCtx->cbTransfer = cbWrite;
|
---|
1471 | }
|
---|
1472 |
|
---|
1473 | return rc;
|
---|
1474 | }
|
---|
1475 |
|
---|
1476 | /**
|
---|
1477 | * Flush helper async version.
|
---|
1478 | */
|
---|
1479 | static int vdFlushHelperAsync(PVDIOCTX pIoCtx)
|
---|
1480 | {
|
---|
1481 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
1482 | PVBOXHDD pDisk = pIoCtx->pDisk;
|
---|
1483 | PVDIMAGE pImage = pIoCtx->pImage;
|
---|
1484 |
|
---|
1485 | vdResetModifiedFlag(pDisk);
|
---|
1486 | rc = pImage->Backend->pfnAsyncFlush(pImage->pvBackendData, pIoCtx);
|
---|
1487 |
|
---|
1488 | return rc;
|
---|
1489 | }
|
---|
1490 |
|
---|
1491 | /**
|
---|
1492 | * internal: scans plugin directory and loads the backends have been found.
|
---|
1493 | */
|
---|
1494 | static int vdLoadDynamicBackends()
|
---|
1495 | {
|
---|
1496 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
1497 | PRTDIR pPluginDir = NULL;
|
---|
1498 |
|
---|
1499 | /* Enumerate plugin backends. */
|
---|
1500 | char szPath[RTPATH_MAX];
|
---|
1501 | rc = RTPathAppPrivateArch(szPath, sizeof(szPath));
|
---|
1502 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
1503 | return rc;
|
---|
1504 |
|
---|
1505 | /* To get all entries with VBoxHDD as prefix. */
|
---|
1506 | char *pszPluginFilter;
|
---|
1507 | rc = RTStrAPrintf(&pszPluginFilter, "%s/%s*", szPath,
|
---|
1508 | VBOX_HDDFORMAT_PLUGIN_PREFIX);
|
---|
1509 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
1510 | {
|
---|
1511 | rc = VERR_NO_MEMORY;
|
---|
1512 | return rc;
|
---|
1513 | }
|
---|
1514 |
|
---|
1515 | PRTDIRENTRYEX pPluginDirEntry = NULL;
|
---|
1516 | size_t cbPluginDirEntry = sizeof(RTDIRENTRYEX);
|
---|
1517 | /* The plugins are in the same directory as the other shared libs. */
|
---|
1518 | rc = RTDirOpenFiltered(&pPluginDir, pszPluginFilter, RTDIRFILTER_WINNT);
|
---|
1519 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
1520 | {
|
---|
1521 | /* On Windows the above immediately signals that there are no
|
---|
1522 | * files matching, while on other platforms enumerating the
|
---|
1523 | * files below fails. Either way: no plugins. */
|
---|
1524 | goto out;
|
---|
1525 | }
|
---|
1526 |
|
---|
1527 | pPluginDirEntry = (PRTDIRENTRYEX)RTMemAllocZ(sizeof(RTDIRENTRYEX));
|
---|
1528 | if (!pPluginDirEntry)
|
---|
1529 | {
|
---|
1530 | rc = VERR_NO_MEMORY;
|
---|
1531 | goto out;
|
---|
1532 | }
|
---|
1533 |
|
---|
1534 | while ((rc = RTDirReadEx(pPluginDir, pPluginDirEntry, &cbPluginDirEntry, RTFSOBJATTRADD_NOTHING, RTPATH_F_ON_LINK)) != VERR_NO_MORE_FILES)
|
---|
1535 | {
|
---|
1536 | RTLDRMOD hPlugin = NIL_RTLDRMOD;
|
---|
1537 | PFNVBOXHDDFORMATLOAD pfnHDDFormatLoad = NULL;
|
---|
1538 | PVBOXHDDBACKEND pBackend = NULL;
|
---|
1539 | char *pszPluginPath = NULL;
|
---|
1540 |
|
---|
1541 | if (rc == VERR_BUFFER_OVERFLOW)
|
---|
1542 | {
|
---|
1543 | /* allocate new buffer. */
|
---|
1544 | RTMemFree(pPluginDirEntry);
|
---|
1545 | pPluginDirEntry = (PRTDIRENTRYEX)RTMemAllocZ(cbPluginDirEntry);
|
---|
1546 | /* Retry. */
|
---|
1547 | rc = RTDirReadEx(pPluginDir, pPluginDirEntry, &cbPluginDirEntry, RTFSOBJATTRADD_NOTHING, RTPATH_F_ON_LINK);
|
---|
1548 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
1549 | break;
|
---|
1550 | }
|
---|
1551 | else if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
1552 | break;
|
---|
1553 |
|
---|
1554 | /* We got the new entry. */
|
---|
1555 | if (!RTFS_IS_FILE(pPluginDirEntry->Info.Attr.fMode))
|
---|
1556 | continue;
|
---|
1557 |
|
---|
1558 | /* Prepend the path to the libraries. */
|
---|
1559 | rc = RTStrAPrintf(&pszPluginPath, "%s/%s", szPath, pPluginDirEntry->szName);
|
---|
1560 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
1561 | {
|
---|
1562 | rc = VERR_NO_MEMORY;
|
---|
1563 | break;
|
---|
1564 | }
|
---|
1565 |
|
---|
1566 | rc = SUPR3HardenedLdrLoad(pszPluginPath, &hPlugin);
|
---|
1567 | if (RT_SUCCESS(rc))
|
---|
1568 | {
|
---|
1569 | rc = RTLdrGetSymbol(hPlugin, VBOX_HDDFORMAT_LOAD_NAME, (void**)&pfnHDDFormatLoad);
|
---|
1570 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc) || !pfnHDDFormatLoad)
|
---|
1571 | {
|
---|
1572 | LogFunc(("error resolving the entry point %s in plugin %s, rc=%Rrc, pfnHDDFormat=%#p\n", VBOX_HDDFORMAT_LOAD_NAME, pPluginDirEntry->szName, rc, pfnHDDFormatLoad));
|
---|
1573 | if (RT_SUCCESS(rc))
|
---|
1574 | rc = VERR_SYMBOL_NOT_FOUND;
|
---|
1575 | }
|
---|
1576 |
|
---|
1577 | if (RT_SUCCESS(rc))
|
---|
1578 | {
|
---|
1579 | /* Get the function table. */
|
---|
1580 | rc = pfnHDDFormatLoad(&pBackend);
|
---|
1581 | if (RT_SUCCESS(rc) && pBackend->cbSize == sizeof(VBOXHDDBACKEND))
|
---|
1582 | {
|
---|
1583 | pBackend->hPlugin = hPlugin;
|
---|
1584 | vdAddBackend(pBackend);
|
---|
1585 | }
|
---|
1586 | else
|
---|
1587 | LogFunc(("ignored plugin '%s': pBackend->cbSize=%d rc=%Rrc\n", pszPluginPath, pBackend->cbSize, rc));
|
---|
1588 | }
|
---|
1589 | else
|
---|
1590 | LogFunc(("ignored plugin '%s': rc=%Rrc\n", pszPluginPath, rc));
|
---|
1591 |
|
---|
1592 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
1593 | RTLdrClose(hPlugin);
|
---|
1594 | }
|
---|
1595 | RTStrFree(pszPluginPath);
|
---|
1596 | }
|
---|
1597 | out:
|
---|
1598 | if (rc == VERR_NO_MORE_FILES)
|
---|
1599 | rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
1600 | RTStrFree(pszPluginFilter);
|
---|
1601 | if (pPluginDirEntry)
|
---|
1602 | RTMemFree(pPluginDirEntry);
|
---|
1603 | if (pPluginDir)
|
---|
1604 | RTDirClose(pPluginDir);
|
---|
1605 | return rc;
|
---|
1606 | }
|
---|
1607 |
|
---|
1608 | /**
|
---|
1609 | * VD async I/O interface open callback.
|
---|
1610 | */
|
---|
1611 | static int vdAsyncIOOpen(void *pvUser, const char *pszLocation, unsigned uOpenFlags,
|
---|
1612 | PFNVDCOMPLETED pfnCompleted, PVDINTERFACE pVDIfsDisk,
|
---|
1613 | void **ppStorage)
|
---|
1614 | {
|
---|
1615 | PVDIASYNCIOSTORAGE pStorage = (PVDIASYNCIOSTORAGE)RTMemAllocZ(sizeof(VDIASYNCIOSTORAGE));
|
---|
1616 |
|
---|
1617 | if (!pStorage)
|
---|
1618 | return VERR_NO_MEMORY;
|
---|
1619 |
|
---|
1620 | pStorage->pfnCompleted = pfnCompleted;
|
---|
1621 |
|
---|
1622 | uint32_t fOpen = 0;
|
---|
1623 |
|
---|
1624 | if (uOpenFlags & VD_INTERFACEASYNCIO_OPEN_FLAGS_READONLY)
|
---|
1625 | fOpen |= RTFILE_O_READ | RTFILE_O_DENY_NONE;
|
---|
1626 | else
|
---|
1627 | fOpen |= RTFILE_O_READWRITE | RTFILE_O_DENY_WRITE;
|
---|
1628 |
|
---|
1629 | if (uOpenFlags & VD_INTERFACEASYNCIO_OPEN_FLAGS_CREATE)
|
---|
1630 | fOpen |= RTFILE_O_CREATE;
|
---|
1631 | else
|
---|
1632 | fOpen |= RTFILE_O_OPEN;
|
---|
1633 |
|
---|
1634 | /* Open the file. */
|
---|
1635 | int rc = RTFileOpen(&pStorage->File, pszLocation, fOpen);
|
---|
1636 | if (RT_SUCCESS(rc))
|
---|
1637 | {
|
---|
1638 | *ppStorage = pStorage;
|
---|
1639 | return VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
1640 | }
|
---|
1641 |
|
---|
1642 | RTMemFree(pStorage);
|
---|
1643 | return rc;
|
---|
1644 | }
|
---|
1645 |
|
---|
1646 | /**
|
---|
1647 | * VD async I/O interface close callback.
|
---|
1648 | */
|
---|
1649 | static int vdAsyncIOClose(void *pvUser, void *pvStorage)
|
---|
1650 | {
|
---|
1651 | PVDIASYNCIOSTORAGE pStorage = (PVDIASYNCIOSTORAGE)pvStorage;
|
---|
1652 |
|
---|
1653 | RTFileClose(pStorage->File);
|
---|
1654 | RTMemFree(pStorage);
|
---|
1655 | return VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
1656 | }
|
---|
1657 |
|
---|
1658 | /**
|
---|
1659 | * VD async I/O interface callback for retrieving the file size.
|
---|
1660 | */
|
---|
1661 | static int vdAsyncIOGetSize(void *pvUser, void *pvStorage, uint64_t *pcbSize)
|
---|
1662 | {
|
---|
1663 | PVDIASYNCIOSTORAGE pStorage = (PVDIASYNCIOSTORAGE)pvStorage;
|
---|
1664 |
|
---|
1665 | return RTFileGetSize(pStorage->File, pcbSize);
|
---|
1666 | }
|
---|
1667 |
|
---|
1668 | /**
|
---|
1669 | * VD async I/O interface callback for setting the file size.
|
---|
1670 | */
|
---|
1671 | static int vdAsyncIOSetSize(void *pvUser, void *pvStorage, uint64_t cbSize)
|
---|
1672 | {
|
---|
1673 | PVDIASYNCIOSTORAGE pStorage = (PVDIASYNCIOSTORAGE)pvStorage;
|
---|
1674 |
|
---|
1675 | return RTFileSetSize(pStorage->File, cbSize);
|
---|
1676 | }
|
---|
1677 |
|
---|
1678 | /**
|
---|
1679 | * VD async I/O interface callback for a synchronous write to the file.
|
---|
1680 | */
|
---|
1681 | static int vdAsyncIOWriteSync(void *pvUser, void *pvStorage, uint64_t uOffset,
|
---|
1682 | size_t cbWrite, const void *pvBuf, size_t *pcbWritten)
|
---|
1683 | {
|
---|
1684 | PVDIASYNCIOSTORAGE pStorage = (PVDIASYNCIOSTORAGE)pvStorage;
|
---|
1685 |
|
---|
1686 | return RTFileWriteAt(pStorage->File, uOffset, pvBuf, cbWrite, pcbWritten);
|
---|
1687 | }
|
---|
1688 |
|
---|
1689 | /**
|
---|
1690 | * VD async I/O interface callback for a synchronous read from the file.
|
---|
1691 | */
|
---|
1692 | static int vdAsyncIOReadSync(void *pvUser, void *pvStorage, uint64_t uOffset,
|
---|
1693 | size_t cbRead, void *pvBuf, size_t *pcbRead)
|
---|
1694 | {
|
---|
1695 | PVDIASYNCIOSTORAGE pStorage = (PVDIASYNCIOSTORAGE)pvStorage;
|
---|
1696 |
|
---|
1697 | return RTFileReadAt(pStorage->File, uOffset, pvBuf, cbRead, pcbRead);
|
---|
1698 | }
|
---|
1699 |
|
---|
1700 | /**
|
---|
1701 | * VD async I/O interface callback for a synchronous flush of the file data.
|
---|
1702 | */
|
---|
1703 | static int vdAsyncIOFlushSync(void *pvUser, void *pvStorage)
|
---|
1704 | {
|
---|
1705 | PVDIASYNCIOSTORAGE pStorage = (PVDIASYNCIOSTORAGE)pvStorage;
|
---|
1706 |
|
---|
1707 | return RTFileFlush(pStorage->File);
|
---|
1708 | }
|
---|
1709 |
|
---|
1710 | /**
|
---|
1711 | * VD async I/O interface callback for a asynchronous read from the file.
|
---|
1712 | */
|
---|
1713 | static int vdAsyncIOReadAsync(void *pvUser, void *pStorage, uint64_t uOffset,
|
---|
1714 | PCRTSGSEG paSegments, size_t cSegments,
|
---|
1715 | size_t cbRead, void *pvCompletion,
|
---|
1716 | void **ppTask)
|
---|
1717 | {
|
---|
1718 | return VERR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
|
---|
1719 | }
|
---|
1720 |
|
---|
1721 | /**
|
---|
1722 | * VD async I/O interface callback for a asynchronous write to the file.
|
---|
1723 | */
|
---|
1724 | static int vdAsyncIOWriteAsync(void *pvUser, void *pStorage, uint64_t uOffset,
|
---|
1725 | PCRTSGSEG paSegments, size_t cSegments,
|
---|
1726 | size_t cbWrite, void *pvCompletion,
|
---|
1727 | void **ppTask)
|
---|
1728 | {
|
---|
1729 | return VERR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
|
---|
1730 | }
|
---|
1731 |
|
---|
1732 | /**
|
---|
1733 | * VD async I/O interface callback for a asynchronous flush of the file data.
|
---|
1734 | */
|
---|
1735 | static int vdAsyncIOFlushAsync(void *pvUser, void *pStorage,
|
---|
1736 | void *pvCompletion, void **ppTask)
|
---|
1737 | {
|
---|
1738 | return VERR_NOT_IMPLEMENTED;
|
---|
1739 | }
|
---|
1740 |
|
---|
1741 | static int vdIOReqCompleted(void *pvUser)
|
---|
1742 | {
|
---|
1743 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
1744 | PVDIOTASK pIoTask = (PVDIOTASK)pvUser;
|
---|
1745 | PVDIOCTX pIoCtx = pIoTask->pIoCtx;
|
---|
1746 | PVBOXHDD pDisk = pIoCtx->pDisk;
|
---|
1747 |
|
---|
1748 | LogFlowFunc(("Task completed pIoTask=%#p pIoCtx=%#p pDisk=%#p\n",
|
---|
1749 | pIoTask, pIoCtx, pDisk));
|
---|
1750 |
|
---|
1751 | if (!pIoTask->fMeta)
|
---|
1752 | ASMAtomicSubU32(&pIoCtx->cbTransferLeft, pIoTask->Type.User.cbTransfer);
|
---|
1753 | else
|
---|
1754 | {
|
---|
1755 | if (pIoTask->Type.Meta.pfnMetaComplete)
|
---|
1756 | pIoTask->Type.Meta.pfnMetaComplete(pIoTask->Type.Meta.pImage->pvBackendData,
|
---|
1757 | pIoCtx,
|
---|
1758 | pIoTask->Type.Meta.pvMetaUser);
|
---|
1759 | ASMAtomicDecU32(&pIoCtx->cMetaTransfersPending);
|
---|
1760 | }
|
---|
1761 |
|
---|
1762 | vdIoTaskFree(pDisk, pIoTask);
|
---|
1763 |
|
---|
1764 | if (!pIoCtx->fBlocked)
|
---|
1765 | {
|
---|
1766 | /* Continue the transfer */
|
---|
1767 | rc = vdIoCtxProcess(pIoCtx);
|
---|
1768 |
|
---|
1769 | if ( rc == VINF_VD_ASYNC_IO_FINISHED
|
---|
1770 | && ASMAtomicCmpXchgBool(&pIoCtx->fComplete, true, false))
|
---|
1771 | {
|
---|
1772 | LogFlowFunc(("I/O context completed pIoCtx=%#p\n", pIoCtx));
|
---|
1773 | if (pIoCtx->pIoCtxParent)
|
---|
1774 | {
|
---|
1775 | PVDIOCTX pIoCtxParent = pIoCtx->pIoCtxParent;
|
---|
1776 |
|
---|
1777 | LogFlowFunc(("I/O context transfered %u bytes for the parent pIoCtxParent=%p\n",
|
---|
1778 | pIoCtx->Type.Child.cbTransferParent, pIoCtxParent));
|
---|
1779 |
|
---|
1780 | /* Update the parent state. */
|
---|
1781 | Assert(!pIoCtxParent->pIoCtxParent);
|
---|
1782 | Assert(pIoCtx->enmTxDir == VDIOCTXTXDIR_WRITE);
|
---|
1783 | ASMAtomicSubU32(&pIoCtxParent->cbTransferLeft, pIoCtx->Type.Child.cbTransferParent);
|
---|
1784 |
|
---|
1785 | /*
|
---|
1786 | * A completed child write means that we finsihed growing the image.
|
---|
1787 | * We have to process any pending writes now.
|
---|
1788 | */
|
---|
1789 | Assert(pDisk->fGrowing);
|
---|
1790 | ASMAtomicWriteBool(&pDisk->fGrowing, false);
|
---|
1791 |
|
---|
1792 | rc = vdIoCtxProcess(pIoCtxParent);
|
---|
1793 |
|
---|
1794 | if ( rc == VINF_VD_ASYNC_IO_FINISHED
|
---|
1795 | && ASMAtomicCmpXchgBool(&pIoCtxParent->fComplete, true, false))
|
---|
1796 | {
|
---|
1797 | LogFlowFunc(("Parent I/O context completed pIoCtxParent=%#p\n", pIoCtx));
|
---|
1798 | pIoCtxParent->Type.Root.pfnComplete(pIoCtxParent->Type.Root.pvUser1, pIoCtxParent->Type.Root.pvUser2);
|
---|
1799 | vdIoCtxFree(pDisk, pIoCtxParent);
|
---|
1800 | }
|
---|
1801 |
|
---|
1802 | /* Process any pending writes. */
|
---|
1803 | RTCritSectEnter(&pDisk->CritSect);
|
---|
1804 |
|
---|
1805 | if (!RTListIsEmpty(&pDisk->ListWriteGrowing))
|
---|
1806 | {
|
---|
1807 | RTLISTNODE ListTmp;
|
---|
1808 |
|
---|
1809 | LogFlowFunc(("Before: pNext=%#p pPrev=%#p\n", pDisk->ListWriteGrowing.pNext,
|
---|
1810 | pDisk->ListWriteGrowing.pPrev));
|
---|
1811 |
|
---|
1812 | RTListMove(&ListTmp, &pDisk->ListWriteGrowing);
|
---|
1813 |
|
---|
1814 | LogFlowFunc(("After: pNext=%#p pPrev=%#p\n", pDisk->ListWriteGrowing.pNext,
|
---|
1815 | pDisk->ListWriteGrowing.pPrev));
|
---|
1816 |
|
---|
1817 | RTCritSectLeave(&pDisk->CritSect);
|
---|
1818 |
|
---|
1819 | /* Process the list. */
|
---|
1820 | do
|
---|
1821 | {
|
---|
1822 | PVDIOCTX pIoCtxWait = RTListNodeGetFirst(&ListTmp, VDIOCTX, NodeWriteGrowing);
|
---|
1823 | AssertPtr(pIoCtxWait);
|
---|
1824 |
|
---|
1825 | RTListNodeRemove(&pIoCtxWait->NodeWriteGrowing);
|
---|
1826 |
|
---|
1827 | pIoCtxWait->fBlocked = false;
|
---|
1828 |
|
---|
1829 | Assert(!pIoCtxWait->pIoCtxParent);
|
---|
1830 |
|
---|
1831 | LogFlowFunc(("Processing waiting I/O context pIoCtxWait=%#p\n", pIoCtxWait));
|
---|
1832 |
|
---|
1833 | rc = vdIoCtxProcess(pIoCtxWait);
|
---|
1834 | if ( rc == VINF_VD_ASYNC_IO_FINISHED
|
---|
1835 | && ASMAtomicCmpXchgBool(&pIoCtxWait->fComplete, true, false))
|
---|
1836 | {
|
---|
1837 | LogFlowFunc(("Waiting I/O context completed pIoCtxWait=%#p\n", pIoCtxWait));
|
---|
1838 | pIoCtxWait->Type.Root.pfnComplete(pIoCtxWait->Type.Root.pvUser1,
|
---|
1839 | pIoCtxWait->Type.Root.pvUser2);
|
---|
1840 | vdIoCtxFree(pDisk, pIoCtxWait);
|
---|
1841 | }
|
---|
1842 | } while (!RTListIsEmpty(&ListTmp));
|
---|
1843 | }
|
---|
1844 | else
|
---|
1845 | RTCritSectLeave(&pDisk->CritSect);
|
---|
1846 | }
|
---|
1847 | else
|
---|
1848 | pIoCtx->Type.Root.pfnComplete(pIoCtx->Type.Root.pvUser1, pIoCtx->Type.Root.pvUser2);
|
---|
1849 |
|
---|
1850 | vdIoCtxFree(pDisk, pIoCtx);
|
---|
1851 | }
|
---|
1852 | }
|
---|
1853 |
|
---|
1854 | return VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
1855 | }
|
---|
1856 |
|
---|
1857 | /**
|
---|
1858 | * VD I/O interface callback for opening a file.
|
---|
1859 | */
|
---|
1860 | static int vdIOOpen(void *pvUser, const char *pszLocation,
|
---|
1861 | unsigned uOpenFlags, PPVDIOSTORAGE ppIoStorage)
|
---|
1862 | {
|
---|
1863 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
1864 | PVDIMAGE pImage = (PVDIMAGE)pvUser;
|
---|
1865 | PVBOXHDD pDisk = pImage->pDisk;
|
---|
1866 | PVDIOSTORAGE pIoStorage = (PVDIOSTORAGE)RTMemAllocZ(sizeof(VDIOSTORAGE));
|
---|
1867 |
|
---|
1868 | if (!pIoStorage)
|
---|
1869 | return VERR_NO_MEMORY;
|
---|
1870 |
|
---|
1871 | rc = pDisk->pInterfaceAsyncIOCallbacks->pfnOpen(pDisk->pInterfaceAsyncIO->pvUser,
|
---|
1872 | pszLocation, uOpenFlags,
|
---|
1873 | vdIOReqCompleted,
|
---|
1874 | pDisk->pVDIfsDisk,
|
---|
1875 | &pIoStorage->u.pStorage);
|
---|
1876 | if (RT_SUCCESS(rc))
|
---|
1877 | *ppIoStorage = pIoStorage;
|
---|
1878 | else
|
---|
1879 | RTMemFree(pIoStorage);
|
---|
1880 |
|
---|
1881 | return rc;
|
---|
1882 | }
|
---|
1883 |
|
---|
1884 | static int vdIOClose(void *pvUser, PVDIOSTORAGE pIoStorage)
|
---|
1885 | {
|
---|
1886 | PVDIMAGE pImage = (PVDIMAGE)pvUser;
|
---|
1887 | PVBOXHDD pDisk = pImage->pDisk;
|
---|
1888 |
|
---|
1889 | int rc = pDisk->pInterfaceAsyncIOCallbacks->pfnClose(pDisk->pInterfaceAsyncIO->pvUser,
|
---|
1890 | pIoStorage->u.pStorage);
|
---|
1891 | AssertRC(rc);
|
---|
1892 |
|
---|
1893 | RTMemFree(pIoStorage);
|
---|
1894 | return VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
1895 | }
|
---|
1896 |
|
---|
1897 | static int vdIOGetSize(void *pvUser, PVDIOSTORAGE pIoStorage,
|
---|
1898 | uint64_t *pcbSize)
|
---|
1899 | {
|
---|
1900 | PVDIMAGE pImage = (PVDIMAGE)pvUser;
|
---|
1901 | PVBOXHDD pDisk = pImage->pDisk;
|
---|
1902 |
|
---|
1903 | return pDisk->pInterfaceAsyncIOCallbacks->pfnGetSize(pDisk->pInterfaceAsyncIO->pvUser,
|
---|
1904 | pIoStorage->u.pStorage,
|
---|
1905 | pcbSize);
|
---|
1906 | }
|
---|
1907 |
|
---|
1908 | static int vdIOSetSize(void *pvUser, PVDIOSTORAGE pIoStorage,
|
---|
1909 | uint64_t cbSize)
|
---|
1910 | {
|
---|
1911 | PVDIMAGE pImage = (PVDIMAGE)pvUser;
|
---|
1912 | PVBOXHDD pDisk = pImage->pDisk;
|
---|
1913 |
|
---|
1914 | return pDisk->pInterfaceAsyncIOCallbacks->pfnSetSize(pDisk->pInterfaceAsyncIO->pvUser,
|
---|
1915 | pIoStorage->u.pStorage,
|
---|
1916 | cbSize);
|
---|
1917 | }
|
---|
1918 |
|
---|
1919 | static int vdIOWriteSync(void *pvUser, PVDIOSTORAGE pIoStorage, uint64_t uOffset,
|
---|
1920 | size_t cbWrite, const void *pvBuf, size_t *pcbWritten)
|
---|
1921 | {
|
---|
1922 | PVDIMAGE pImage = (PVDIMAGE)pvUser;
|
---|
1923 | PVBOXHDD pDisk = pImage->pDisk;
|
---|
1924 |
|
---|
1925 | return pDisk->pInterfaceAsyncIOCallbacks->pfnWriteSync(pDisk->pInterfaceAsyncIO->pvUser,
|
---|
1926 | pIoStorage->u.pStorage,
|
---|
1927 | uOffset, cbWrite, pvBuf,
|
---|
1928 | pcbWritten);
|
---|
1929 | }
|
---|
1930 |
|
---|
1931 | static int vdIOReadSync(void *pvUser, PVDIOSTORAGE pIoStorage, uint64_t uOffset,
|
---|
1932 | size_t cbRead, void *pvBuf, size_t *pcbRead)
|
---|
1933 | {
|
---|
1934 | PVDIMAGE pImage = (PVDIMAGE)pvUser;
|
---|
1935 | PVBOXHDD pDisk = pImage->pDisk;
|
---|
1936 |
|
---|
1937 | return pDisk->pInterfaceAsyncIOCallbacks->pfnReadSync(pDisk->pInterfaceAsyncIO->pvUser,
|
---|
1938 | pIoStorage->u.pStorage,
|
---|
1939 | uOffset, cbRead, pvBuf,
|
---|
1940 | pcbRead);
|
---|
1941 | }
|
---|
1942 |
|
---|
1943 | static int vdIOFlushSync(void *pvUser, PVDIOSTORAGE pIoStorage)
|
---|
1944 | {
|
---|
1945 | PVDIMAGE pImage = (PVDIMAGE)pvUser;
|
---|
1946 | PVBOXHDD pDisk = pImage->pDisk;
|
---|
1947 |
|
---|
1948 | return pDisk->pInterfaceAsyncIOCallbacks->pfnFlushSync(pDisk->pInterfaceAsyncIO->pvUser,
|
---|
1949 | pIoStorage->u.pStorage);
|
---|
1950 | }
|
---|
1951 |
|
---|
1952 | static int vdIOReadUserAsync(void *pvUser, PVDIOSTORAGE pIoStorage,
|
---|
1953 | uint64_t uOffset, PVDIOCTX pIoCtx,
|
---|
1954 | size_t cbRead)
|
---|
1955 | {
|
---|
1956 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
1957 | PVDIMAGE pImage = (PVDIMAGE)pvUser;
|
---|
1958 | PVBOXHDD pDisk = pImage->pDisk;
|
---|
1959 |
|
---|
1960 | LogFlowFunc(("pvUser=%#p pIoStorage=%#p uOffset=%llu pIoCtx=%#p cbRead=%u\n",
|
---|
1961 | pvUser, pIoStorage, uOffset, pIoCtx, cbRead));
|
---|
1962 |
|
---|
1963 | /* Build the S/G array and spawn a new I/O task */
|
---|
1964 | while (cbRead)
|
---|
1965 | {
|
---|
1966 | RTSGSEG aSeg[VD_IO_TASK_SEGMENTS_MAX];
|
---|
1967 | unsigned cSegments = VD_IO_TASK_SEGMENTS_MAX;
|
---|
1968 | size_t cbTaskRead = 0;
|
---|
1969 |
|
---|
1970 | cbTaskRead = RTSgBufSegArrayCreate(&pIoCtx->SgBuf, aSeg, &cSegments, cbRead);
|
---|
1971 |
|
---|
1972 | AssertMsg(cbTaskRead <= cbRead, ("Invalid number of bytes to read\n"));
|
---|
1973 |
|
---|
1974 | LogFlow(("Reading %u bytes into %u segments\n", cbTaskRead, cSegments));
|
---|
1975 |
|
---|
1976 | #ifdef DEBUG
|
---|
1977 | for (unsigned i = 0; i < cSegments; i++)
|
---|
1978 | AssertMsg(aSeg[i].pvSeg && !(aSeg[i].cbSeg % 512),
|
---|
1979 | ("Segment %u is invalid\n", i));
|
---|
1980 | #endif
|
---|
1981 |
|
---|
1982 | PVDIOTASK pIoTask = vdIoTaskUserAlloc(pDisk, pIoCtx, cbTaskRead);
|
---|
1983 |
|
---|
1984 | if (!pIoTask)
|
---|
1985 | return VERR_NO_MEMORY;
|
---|
1986 |
|
---|
1987 | void *pvTask;
|
---|
1988 | int rc2 = pDisk->pInterfaceAsyncIOCallbacks->pfnReadAsync(pDisk->pInterfaceAsyncIO->pvUser,
|
---|
1989 | pIoStorage->u.pStorage,
|
---|
1990 | uOffset, aSeg, cSegments,
|
---|
1991 | cbTaskRead, pIoTask,
|
---|
1992 | &pvTask);
|
---|
1993 | if (rc2 == VINF_SUCCESS)
|
---|
1994 | {
|
---|
1995 | AssertMsg(cbTaskRead <= pIoCtx->cbTransferLeft, ("Impossible!\n"));
|
---|
1996 | ASMAtomicSubU32(&pIoCtx->cbTransferLeft, cbTaskRead);
|
---|
1997 | vdIoTaskFree(pDisk, pIoTask);
|
---|
1998 | }
|
---|
1999 | else if (rc2 == VERR_VD_ASYNC_IO_IN_PROGRESS)
|
---|
2000 | rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
2001 | else if (RT_FAILURE(rc2))
|
---|
2002 | {
|
---|
2003 | rc = rc2;
|
---|
2004 | break;
|
---|
2005 | }
|
---|
2006 |
|
---|
2007 | uOffset += cbTaskRead;
|
---|
2008 | cbRead -= cbTaskRead;
|
---|
2009 | }
|
---|
2010 |
|
---|
2011 | return rc;
|
---|
2012 | }
|
---|
2013 |
|
---|
2014 | static int vdIOWriteUserAsync(void *pvUser, PVDIOSTORAGE pIoStorage,
|
---|
2015 | uint64_t uOffset, PVDIOCTX pIoCtx,
|
---|
2016 | size_t cbWrite)
|
---|
2017 | {
|
---|
2018 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
2019 | PVDIMAGE pImage = (PVDIMAGE)pvUser;
|
---|
2020 | PVBOXHDD pDisk = pImage->pDisk;
|
---|
2021 |
|
---|
2022 | LogFlowFunc(("pvUser=%#p pIoStorage=%#p uOffset=%llu pIoCtx=%#p cbWrite=%u\n",
|
---|
2023 | pvUser, pIoStorage, uOffset, pIoCtx, cbWrite));
|
---|
2024 |
|
---|
2025 | /* Build the S/G array and spawn a new I/O task */
|
---|
2026 | while (cbWrite)
|
---|
2027 | {
|
---|
2028 | RTSGSEG aSeg[VD_IO_TASK_SEGMENTS_MAX];
|
---|
2029 | unsigned cSegments = VD_IO_TASK_SEGMENTS_MAX;
|
---|
2030 | size_t cbTaskWrite = 0;
|
---|
2031 |
|
---|
2032 | cbTaskWrite = RTSgBufSegArrayCreate(&pIoCtx->SgBuf, aSeg, &cSegments, cbWrite);
|
---|
2033 |
|
---|
2034 | AssertMsg(cbTaskWrite <= cbWrite, ("Invalid number of bytes to write\n"));
|
---|
2035 |
|
---|
2036 | LogFlow(("Writing %u bytes from %u segments\n", cbTaskWrite, cSegments));
|
---|
2037 |
|
---|
2038 | #ifdef DEBUG
|
---|
2039 | for (unsigned i = 0; i < cSegments; i++)
|
---|
2040 | AssertMsg(aSeg[i].pvSeg && !(aSeg[i].cbSeg % 512),
|
---|
2041 | ("Segment %u is invalid\n", i));
|
---|
2042 | #endif
|
---|
2043 |
|
---|
2044 | PVDIOTASK pIoTask = vdIoTaskUserAlloc(pDisk, pIoCtx, cbTaskWrite);
|
---|
2045 |
|
---|
2046 | if (!pIoTask)
|
---|
2047 | return VERR_NO_MEMORY;
|
---|
2048 |
|
---|
2049 | void *pvTask;
|
---|
2050 | int rc2 = pDisk->pInterfaceAsyncIOCallbacks->pfnWriteAsync(pDisk->pInterfaceAsyncIO->pvUser,
|
---|
2051 | pIoStorage->u.pStorage,
|
---|
2052 | uOffset, aSeg, cSegments,
|
---|
2053 | cbTaskWrite, pIoTask,
|
---|
2054 | &pvTask);
|
---|
2055 | if (rc2 == VINF_SUCCESS)
|
---|
2056 | {
|
---|
2057 | AssertMsg(cbTaskWrite <= pIoCtx->cbTransferLeft, ("Impossible!\n"));
|
---|
2058 | ASMAtomicSubU32(&pIoCtx->cbTransferLeft, cbTaskWrite);
|
---|
2059 | vdIoTaskFree(pDisk, pIoTask);
|
---|
2060 | }
|
---|
2061 | else if (rc2 == VERR_VD_ASYNC_IO_IN_PROGRESS)
|
---|
2062 | rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
2063 | else if (RT_FAILURE(rc2))
|
---|
2064 | {
|
---|
2065 | rc = rc2;
|
---|
2066 | break;
|
---|
2067 | }
|
---|
2068 |
|
---|
2069 | uOffset += cbTaskWrite;
|
---|
2070 | cbWrite -= cbTaskWrite;
|
---|
2071 | }
|
---|
2072 |
|
---|
2073 | return rc;
|
---|
2074 | }
|
---|
2075 |
|
---|
2076 | static int vdIOReadMetaAsync(void *pvUser, PVDIOSTORAGE pIoStorage,
|
---|
2077 | uint64_t uOffset, void *pvBuf,
|
---|
2078 | size_t cbRead, PVDIOCTX pIoCtx,
|
---|
2079 | PFNVDMETACOMPLETED pfnMetaComplete,
|
---|
2080 | void *pvMetaUser)
|
---|
2081 | {
|
---|
2082 | PVDIMAGE pImage = (PVDIMAGE)pvUser;
|
---|
2083 | PVBOXHDD pDisk = pImage->pDisk;
|
---|
2084 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
2085 | RTSGSEG Seg;
|
---|
2086 | PVDIOTASK pIoTask;
|
---|
2087 | void *pvTask = NULL;
|
---|
2088 |
|
---|
2089 | pIoTask = vdIoTaskMetaAlloc(pDisk, pIoCtx, VDIOCTXTXDIR_READ, pImage,
|
---|
2090 | pfnMetaComplete, pvMetaUser);
|
---|
2091 | if (!pIoTask)
|
---|
2092 | return VERR_NO_MEMORY;
|
---|
2093 |
|
---|
2094 | Seg.cbSeg = cbRead;
|
---|
2095 | Seg.pvSeg = pvBuf;
|
---|
2096 |
|
---|
2097 | ASMAtomicIncU32(&pIoCtx->cMetaTransfersPending);
|
---|
2098 |
|
---|
2099 | int rc2 = pDisk->pInterfaceAsyncIOCallbacks->pfnReadAsync(pDisk->pInterfaceAsyncIO->pvUser,
|
---|
2100 | pIoStorage->u.pStorage,
|
---|
2101 | uOffset, &Seg, 1,
|
---|
2102 | cbRead, pIoTask,
|
---|
2103 | &pvTask);
|
---|
2104 | if (rc2 == VINF_SUCCESS)
|
---|
2105 | {
|
---|
2106 | ASMAtomicDecU32(&pIoCtx->cMetaTransfersPending);
|
---|
2107 | vdIoTaskFree(pDisk, pIoTask);
|
---|
2108 | }
|
---|
2109 | else if (rc2 == VERR_VD_ASYNC_IO_IN_PROGRESS)
|
---|
2110 | rc = VERR_VD_NOT_ENOUGH_METADATA;
|
---|
2111 | else if (RT_FAILURE(rc2))
|
---|
2112 | rc = rc2;
|
---|
2113 |
|
---|
2114 | return rc;
|
---|
2115 | }
|
---|
2116 |
|
---|
2117 | static int vdIOWriteMetaAsync(void *pvUser, PVDIOSTORAGE pIoStorage,
|
---|
2118 | uint64_t uOffset, void *pvBuf,
|
---|
2119 | size_t cbWrite, PVDIOCTX pIoCtx,
|
---|
2120 | PFNVDMETACOMPLETED pfnMetaComplete,
|
---|
2121 | void *pvMetaUser)
|
---|
2122 | {
|
---|
2123 | PVDIMAGE pImage = (PVDIMAGE)pvUser;
|
---|
2124 | PVBOXHDD pDisk = pImage->pDisk;
|
---|
2125 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
2126 | RTSGSEG Seg;
|
---|
2127 | PVDIOTASK pIoTask;
|
---|
2128 | void *pvTask = NULL;
|
---|
2129 |
|
---|
2130 | pIoTask = vdIoTaskMetaAlloc(pDisk, pIoCtx, VDIOCTXTXDIR_WRITE, pImage,
|
---|
2131 | pfnMetaComplete, pvMetaUser);
|
---|
2132 | if (!pIoTask)
|
---|
2133 | return VERR_NO_MEMORY;
|
---|
2134 |
|
---|
2135 | Seg.cbSeg = cbWrite;
|
---|
2136 | Seg.pvSeg = pvBuf;
|
---|
2137 |
|
---|
2138 | ASMAtomicIncU32(&pIoCtx->cMetaTransfersPending);
|
---|
2139 |
|
---|
2140 | int rc2 = pDisk->pInterfaceAsyncIOCallbacks->pfnWriteAsync(pDisk->pInterfaceAsyncIO->pvUser,
|
---|
2141 | pIoStorage->u.pStorage,
|
---|
2142 | uOffset, &Seg, 1,
|
---|
2143 | cbWrite, pIoTask,
|
---|
2144 | &pvTask);
|
---|
2145 | if (rc2 == VINF_SUCCESS)
|
---|
2146 | {
|
---|
2147 | ASMAtomicDecU32(&pIoCtx->cMetaTransfersPending);
|
---|
2148 | vdIoTaskFree(pDisk, pIoTask);
|
---|
2149 | }
|
---|
2150 | else if (rc2 == VERR_VD_ASYNC_IO_IN_PROGRESS)
|
---|
2151 | rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
2152 | else if (RT_FAILURE(rc2))
|
---|
2153 | rc = rc2;
|
---|
2154 |
|
---|
2155 | return rc;
|
---|
2156 | }
|
---|
2157 |
|
---|
2158 | static int vdIOFlushAsync(void *pvUser, PVDIOSTORAGE pIoStorage,
|
---|
2159 | PVDIOCTX pIoCtx)
|
---|
2160 | {
|
---|
2161 | PVDIMAGE pImage = (PVDIMAGE)pvUser;
|
---|
2162 | PVBOXHDD pDisk = pImage->pDisk;
|
---|
2163 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
2164 | PVDIOTASK pIoTask;
|
---|
2165 | void *pvTask = NULL;
|
---|
2166 |
|
---|
2167 | pIoTask = vdIoTaskMetaAlloc(pDisk, pIoCtx, VDIOCTXTXDIR_FLUSH, pImage,
|
---|
2168 | NULL, NULL);
|
---|
2169 | if (!pIoTask)
|
---|
2170 | return VERR_NO_MEMORY;
|
---|
2171 |
|
---|
2172 | ASMAtomicIncU32(&pIoCtx->cMetaTransfersPending);
|
---|
2173 |
|
---|
2174 | int rc2 = pDisk->pInterfaceAsyncIOCallbacks->pfnFlushAsync(pDisk->pInterfaceAsyncIO->pvUser,
|
---|
2175 | pIoStorage->u.pStorage,
|
---|
2176 | pIoTask,
|
---|
2177 | &pvTask);
|
---|
2178 | if (rc2 == VINF_SUCCESS)
|
---|
2179 | {
|
---|
2180 | ASMAtomicDecU32(&pIoCtx->cMetaTransfersPending);
|
---|
2181 | vdIoTaskFree(pDisk, pIoTask);
|
---|
2182 | }
|
---|
2183 | else if (rc2 == VERR_VD_ASYNC_IO_IN_PROGRESS)
|
---|
2184 | rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
2185 | else if (RT_FAILURE(rc2))
|
---|
2186 | rc = rc2;
|
---|
2187 |
|
---|
2188 | return rc;
|
---|
2189 | }
|
---|
2190 |
|
---|
2191 | static size_t vdIOIoCtxCopyTo(void *pvUser, PVDIOCTX pIoCtx,
|
---|
2192 | void *pvBuf, size_t cbBuf)
|
---|
2193 | {
|
---|
2194 | return vdIoCtxCopyTo(pIoCtx, (uint8_t *)pvBuf, cbBuf);
|
---|
2195 | }
|
---|
2196 |
|
---|
2197 | static size_t vdIOIoCtxCopyFrom(void *pvUser, PVDIOCTX pIoCtx,
|
---|
2198 | void *pvBuf, size_t cbBuf)
|
---|
2199 | {
|
---|
2200 | return vdIoCtxCopyFrom(pIoCtx, (uint8_t *)pvBuf, cbBuf);
|
---|
2201 | }
|
---|
2202 |
|
---|
2203 | static size_t vdIOIoCtxSet(void *pvUser, PVDIOCTX pIoCtx,
|
---|
2204 | int ch, size_t cb)
|
---|
2205 | {
|
---|
2206 | return vdIoCtxSet(pIoCtx, ch, cb);
|
---|
2207 | }
|
---|
2208 |
|
---|
2209 | /**
|
---|
2210 | * VD I/O interface callback for opening a file (limited version for VDGetFormat).
|
---|
2211 | */
|
---|
2212 | static int vdIOOpenLimited(void *pvUser, const char *pszLocation,
|
---|
2213 | unsigned uOpenFlags, PPVDIOSTORAGE ppIoStorage)
|
---|
2214 | {
|
---|
2215 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
2216 | PVDIOSTORAGE pIoStorage = (PVDIOSTORAGE)RTMemAllocZ(sizeof(VDIOSTORAGE));
|
---|
2217 |
|
---|
2218 | if (!pIoStorage)
|
---|
2219 | return VERR_NO_MEMORY;
|
---|
2220 |
|
---|
2221 | uint32_t fOpen = 0;
|
---|
2222 |
|
---|
2223 | if (uOpenFlags & VD_INTERFACEASYNCIO_OPEN_FLAGS_READONLY)
|
---|
2224 | fOpen |= RTFILE_O_READ | RTFILE_O_DENY_NONE;
|
---|
2225 | else
|
---|
2226 | fOpen |= RTFILE_O_READWRITE | RTFILE_O_DENY_WRITE;
|
---|
2227 |
|
---|
2228 | if (uOpenFlags & VD_INTERFACEASYNCIO_OPEN_FLAGS_CREATE)
|
---|
2229 | fOpen |= RTFILE_O_CREATE;
|
---|
2230 | else
|
---|
2231 | fOpen |= RTFILE_O_OPEN;
|
---|
2232 |
|
---|
2233 | rc = RTFileOpen(&pIoStorage->u.hFile, pszLocation, fOpen);
|
---|
2234 | if (RT_SUCCESS(rc))
|
---|
2235 | *ppIoStorage = pIoStorage;
|
---|
2236 | else
|
---|
2237 | RTMemFree(pIoStorage);
|
---|
2238 |
|
---|
2239 | return rc;
|
---|
2240 | }
|
---|
2241 |
|
---|
2242 | static int vdIOCloseLimited(void *pvUser, PVDIOSTORAGE pIoStorage)
|
---|
2243 | {
|
---|
2244 | int rc = RTFileClose(pIoStorage->u.hFile);
|
---|
2245 | AssertRC(rc);
|
---|
2246 |
|
---|
2247 | RTMemFree(pIoStorage);
|
---|
2248 | return VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
2249 | }
|
---|
2250 |
|
---|
2251 | static int vdIOGetSizeLimited(void *pvUser, PVDIOSTORAGE pIoStorage,
|
---|
2252 | uint64_t *pcbSize)
|
---|
2253 | {
|
---|
2254 | return RTFileGetSize(pIoStorage->u.hFile, pcbSize);
|
---|
2255 | }
|
---|
2256 |
|
---|
2257 | static int vdIOSetSizeLimited(void *pvUser, PVDIOSTORAGE pIoStorage,
|
---|
2258 | uint64_t cbSize)
|
---|
2259 | {
|
---|
2260 | return RTFileSetSize(pIoStorage->u.hFile, cbSize);
|
---|
2261 | }
|
---|
2262 |
|
---|
2263 | static int vdIOWriteSyncLimited(void *pvUser, PVDIOSTORAGE pIoStorage, uint64_t uOffset,
|
---|
2264 | size_t cbWrite, const void *pvBuf, size_t *pcbWritten)
|
---|
2265 | {
|
---|
2266 | return RTFileWriteAt(pIoStorage->u.hFile, uOffset, pvBuf, cbWrite, pcbWritten);
|
---|
2267 | }
|
---|
2268 |
|
---|
2269 | static int vdIOReadSyncLimited(void *pvUser, PVDIOSTORAGE pIoStorage, uint64_t uOffset,
|
---|
2270 | size_t cbRead, void *pvBuf, size_t *pcbRead)
|
---|
2271 | {
|
---|
2272 | return RTFileReadAt(pIoStorage->u.hFile, uOffset, pvBuf, cbRead, pcbRead);
|
---|
2273 | }
|
---|
2274 |
|
---|
2275 | static int vdIOFlushSyncLimited(void *pvUser, PVDIOSTORAGE pIoStorage)
|
---|
2276 | {
|
---|
2277 | return RTFileFlush(pIoStorage->u.hFile);
|
---|
2278 | }
|
---|
2279 |
|
---|
2280 |
|
---|
2281 | /**
|
---|
2282 | * internal: send output to the log (unconditionally).
|
---|
2283 | */
|
---|
2284 | int vdLogMessage(void *pvUser, const char *pszFormat, ...)
|
---|
2285 | {
|
---|
2286 | NOREF(pvUser);
|
---|
2287 | va_list args;
|
---|
2288 | va_start(args, pszFormat);
|
---|
2289 | RTLogPrintf(pszFormat, args);
|
---|
2290 | va_end(args);
|
---|
2291 | return VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
2292 | }
|
---|
2293 |
|
---|
2294 |
|
---|
2295 | /**
|
---|
2296 | * Initializes HDD backends.
|
---|
2297 | *
|
---|
2298 | * @returns VBox status code.
|
---|
2299 | */
|
---|
2300 | VBOXDDU_DECL(int) VDInit(void)
|
---|
2301 | {
|
---|
2302 | int rc = vdAddBackends(aStaticBackends, RT_ELEMENTS(aStaticBackends));
|
---|
2303 | if (RT_SUCCESS(rc))
|
---|
2304 | rc = vdLoadDynamicBackends();
|
---|
2305 | LogRel(("VDInit finished\n"));
|
---|
2306 | return rc;
|
---|
2307 | }
|
---|
2308 |
|
---|
2309 | /**
|
---|
2310 | * Destroys loaded HDD backends.
|
---|
2311 | *
|
---|
2312 | * @returns VBox status code.
|
---|
2313 | */
|
---|
2314 | VBOXDDU_DECL(int) VDShutdown(void)
|
---|
2315 | {
|
---|
2316 | PVBOXHDDBACKEND *pBackends = g_apBackends;
|
---|
2317 | unsigned cBackends = g_cBackends;
|
---|
2318 |
|
---|
2319 | if (!pBackends)
|
---|
2320 | return VERR_INTERNAL_ERROR;
|
---|
2321 |
|
---|
2322 | g_cBackends = 0;
|
---|
2323 | g_apBackends = NULL;
|
---|
2324 |
|
---|
2325 | for (unsigned i = 0; i < cBackends; i++)
|
---|
2326 | if (pBackends[i]->hPlugin != NIL_RTLDRMOD)
|
---|
2327 | RTLdrClose(pBackends[i]->hPlugin);
|
---|
2328 |
|
---|
2329 | RTMemFree(pBackends);
|
---|
2330 | return VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
2331 | }
|
---|
2332 |
|
---|
2333 |
|
---|
2334 | /**
|
---|
2335 | * Lists all HDD backends and their capabilities in a caller-provided buffer.
|
---|
2336 | *
|
---|
2337 | * @returns VBox status code.
|
---|
2338 | * VERR_BUFFER_OVERFLOW if not enough space is passed.
|
---|
2339 | * @param cEntriesAlloc Number of list entries available.
|
---|
2340 | * @param pEntries Pointer to array for the entries.
|
---|
2341 | * @param pcEntriesUsed Number of entries returned.
|
---|
2342 | */
|
---|
2343 | VBOXDDU_DECL(int) VDBackendInfo(unsigned cEntriesAlloc, PVDBACKENDINFO pEntries,
|
---|
2344 | unsigned *pcEntriesUsed)
|
---|
2345 | {
|
---|
2346 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
2347 | PRTDIR pPluginDir = NULL;
|
---|
2348 | unsigned cEntries = 0;
|
---|
2349 |
|
---|
2350 | LogFlowFunc(("cEntriesAlloc=%u pEntries=%#p pcEntriesUsed=%#p\n", cEntriesAlloc, pEntries, pcEntriesUsed));
|
---|
2351 | /* Check arguments. */
|
---|
2352 | AssertMsgReturn(cEntriesAlloc,
|
---|
2353 | ("cEntriesAlloc=%u\n", cEntriesAlloc),
|
---|
2354 | VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
2355 | AssertMsgReturn(VALID_PTR(pEntries),
|
---|
2356 | ("pEntries=%#p\n", pEntries),
|
---|
2357 | VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
2358 | AssertMsgReturn(VALID_PTR(pcEntriesUsed),
|
---|
2359 | ("pcEntriesUsed=%#p\n", pcEntriesUsed),
|
---|
2360 | VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
2361 | if (!g_apBackends)
|
---|
2362 | VDInit();
|
---|
2363 |
|
---|
2364 | if (cEntriesAlloc < g_cBackends)
|
---|
2365 | {
|
---|
2366 | *pcEntriesUsed = g_cBackends;
|
---|
2367 | return VERR_BUFFER_OVERFLOW;
|
---|
2368 | }
|
---|
2369 |
|
---|
2370 | for (unsigned i = 0; i < g_cBackends; i++)
|
---|
2371 | {
|
---|
2372 | pEntries[i].pszBackend = g_apBackends[i]->pszBackendName;
|
---|
2373 | pEntries[i].uBackendCaps = g_apBackends[i]->uBackendCaps;
|
---|
2374 | pEntries[i].papszFileExtensions = g_apBackends[i]->papszFileExtensions;
|
---|
2375 | pEntries[i].paConfigInfo = g_apBackends[i]->paConfigInfo;
|
---|
2376 | pEntries[i].pfnComposeLocation = g_apBackends[i]->pfnComposeLocation;
|
---|
2377 | pEntries[i].pfnComposeName = g_apBackends[i]->pfnComposeName;
|
---|
2378 | }
|
---|
2379 |
|
---|
2380 | LogFlowFunc(("returns %Rrc *pcEntriesUsed=%u\n", rc, cEntries));
|
---|
2381 | *pcEntriesUsed = g_cBackends;
|
---|
2382 | return rc;
|
---|
2383 | }
|
---|
2384 |
|
---|
2385 | /**
|
---|
2386 | * Lists the capablities of a backend indentified by its name.
|
---|
2387 | *
|
---|
2388 | * @returns VBox status code.
|
---|
2389 | * @param pszBackend The backend name.
|
---|
2390 | * @param pEntries Pointer to an entry.
|
---|
2391 | */
|
---|
2392 | VBOXDDU_DECL(int) VDBackendInfoOne(const char *pszBackend, PVDBACKENDINFO pEntry)
|
---|
2393 | {
|
---|
2394 | LogFlowFunc(("pszBackend=%#p pEntry=%#p\n", pszBackend, pEntry));
|
---|
2395 | /* Check arguments. */
|
---|
2396 | AssertMsgReturn(VALID_PTR(pszBackend),
|
---|
2397 | ("pszBackend=%#p\n", pszBackend),
|
---|
2398 | VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
2399 | AssertMsgReturn(VALID_PTR(pEntry),
|
---|
2400 | ("pEntry=%#p\n", pEntry),
|
---|
2401 | VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
2402 | if (!g_apBackends)
|
---|
2403 | VDInit();
|
---|
2404 |
|
---|
2405 | /* Go through loaded backends. */
|
---|
2406 | for (unsigned i = 0; i < g_cBackends; i++)
|
---|
2407 | {
|
---|
2408 | if (!RTStrICmp(pszBackend, g_apBackends[i]->pszBackendName))
|
---|
2409 | {
|
---|
2410 | pEntry->pszBackend = g_apBackends[i]->pszBackendName;
|
---|
2411 | pEntry->uBackendCaps = g_apBackends[i]->uBackendCaps;
|
---|
2412 | pEntry->papszFileExtensions = g_apBackends[i]->papszFileExtensions;
|
---|
2413 | pEntry->paConfigInfo = g_apBackends[i]->paConfigInfo;
|
---|
2414 | return VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
2415 | }
|
---|
2416 | }
|
---|
2417 |
|
---|
2418 | return VERR_NOT_FOUND;
|
---|
2419 | }
|
---|
2420 |
|
---|
2421 | /**
|
---|
2422 | * Allocates and initializes an empty HDD container.
|
---|
2423 | * No image files are opened.
|
---|
2424 | *
|
---|
2425 | * @returns VBox status code.
|
---|
2426 | * @param pVDIfsDisk Pointer to the per-disk VD interface list.
|
---|
2427 | * @param ppDisk Where to store the reference to HDD container.
|
---|
2428 | */
|
---|
2429 | VBOXDDU_DECL(int) VDCreate(PVDINTERFACE pVDIfsDisk, PVBOXHDD *ppDisk)
|
---|
2430 | {
|
---|
2431 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
2432 | PVBOXHDD pDisk = NULL;
|
---|
2433 |
|
---|
2434 | LogFlowFunc(("pVDIfsDisk=%#p\n", pVDIfsDisk));
|
---|
2435 | do
|
---|
2436 | {
|
---|
2437 | /* Check arguments. */
|
---|
2438 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(VALID_PTR(ppDisk),
|
---|
2439 | ("ppDisk=%#p\n", ppDisk),
|
---|
2440 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
2441 |
|
---|
2442 | pDisk = (PVBOXHDD)RTMemAllocZ(sizeof(VBOXHDD));
|
---|
2443 | if (pDisk)
|
---|
2444 | {
|
---|
2445 | pDisk->u32Signature = VBOXHDDDISK_SIGNATURE;
|
---|
2446 | pDisk->cImages = 0;
|
---|
2447 | pDisk->pBase = NULL;
|
---|
2448 | pDisk->pLast = NULL;
|
---|
2449 | pDisk->cbSize = 0;
|
---|
2450 | pDisk->PCHSGeometry.cCylinders = 0;
|
---|
2451 | pDisk->PCHSGeometry.cHeads = 0;
|
---|
2452 | pDisk->PCHSGeometry.cSectors = 0;
|
---|
2453 | pDisk->LCHSGeometry.cCylinders = 0;
|
---|
2454 | pDisk->LCHSGeometry.cHeads = 0;
|
---|
2455 | pDisk->LCHSGeometry.cSectors = 0;
|
---|
2456 | pDisk->pVDIfsDisk = pVDIfsDisk;
|
---|
2457 | pDisk->pInterfaceError = NULL;
|
---|
2458 | pDisk->pInterfaceErrorCallbacks = NULL;
|
---|
2459 | pDisk->pInterfaceThreadSync = NULL;
|
---|
2460 | pDisk->pInterfaceThreadSyncCallbacks = NULL;
|
---|
2461 | pDisk->fGrowing = false;
|
---|
2462 | RTListInit(&pDisk->ListWriteGrowing);
|
---|
2463 |
|
---|
2464 | /* Create the I/O ctx cache */
|
---|
2465 | rc = RTMemCacheCreate(&pDisk->hMemCacheIoCtx, sizeof(VDIOCTX), 0, UINT32_MAX,
|
---|
2466 | NULL, NULL, NULL, 0);
|
---|
2467 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
2468 | {
|
---|
2469 | RTMemFree(pDisk);
|
---|
2470 | break;
|
---|
2471 | }
|
---|
2472 |
|
---|
2473 | /* Create the I/O task cache */
|
---|
2474 | rc = RTMemCacheCreate(&pDisk->hMemCacheIoTask, sizeof(VDIOTASK), 0, UINT32_MAX,
|
---|
2475 | NULL, NULL, NULL, 0);
|
---|
2476 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
2477 | {
|
---|
2478 | RTMemCacheDestroy(pDisk->hMemCacheIoCtx);
|
---|
2479 | RTMemFree(pDisk);
|
---|
2480 | break;
|
---|
2481 | }
|
---|
2482 |
|
---|
2483 | /* Create critical section. */
|
---|
2484 | rc = RTCritSectInit(&pDisk->CritSect);
|
---|
2485 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
2486 | {
|
---|
2487 | RTMemCacheDestroy(pDisk->hMemCacheIoCtx);
|
---|
2488 | RTMemCacheDestroy(pDisk->hMemCacheIoTask);
|
---|
2489 | RTMemFree(pDisk);
|
---|
2490 | break;
|
---|
2491 | }
|
---|
2492 |
|
---|
2493 | pDisk->pInterfaceError = VDInterfaceGet(pVDIfsDisk, VDINTERFACETYPE_ERROR);
|
---|
2494 | if (pDisk->pInterfaceError)
|
---|
2495 | pDisk->pInterfaceErrorCallbacks = VDGetInterfaceError(pDisk->pInterfaceError);
|
---|
2496 |
|
---|
2497 | pDisk->pInterfaceThreadSync = VDInterfaceGet(pVDIfsDisk, VDINTERFACETYPE_THREADSYNC);
|
---|
2498 | if (pDisk->pInterfaceThreadSync)
|
---|
2499 | pDisk->pInterfaceThreadSyncCallbacks = VDGetInterfaceThreadSync(pDisk->pInterfaceThreadSync);
|
---|
2500 | pDisk->pInterfaceAsyncIO = VDInterfaceGet(pVDIfsDisk, VDINTERFACETYPE_ASYNCIO);
|
---|
2501 | if (pDisk->pInterfaceAsyncIO)
|
---|
2502 | pDisk->pInterfaceAsyncIOCallbacks = VDGetInterfaceAsyncIO(pDisk->pInterfaceAsyncIO);
|
---|
2503 | else
|
---|
2504 | {
|
---|
2505 | /* Create fallback async I/O interface */
|
---|
2506 | pDisk->VDIAsyncIOCallbacks.cbSize = sizeof(VDINTERFACEASYNCIO);
|
---|
2507 | pDisk->VDIAsyncIOCallbacks.enmInterface = VDINTERFACETYPE_ASYNCIO;
|
---|
2508 | pDisk->VDIAsyncIOCallbacks.pfnOpen = vdAsyncIOOpen;
|
---|
2509 | pDisk->VDIAsyncIOCallbacks.pfnClose = vdAsyncIOClose;
|
---|
2510 | pDisk->VDIAsyncIOCallbacks.pfnGetSize = vdAsyncIOGetSize;
|
---|
2511 | pDisk->VDIAsyncIOCallbacks.pfnSetSize = vdAsyncIOSetSize;
|
---|
2512 | pDisk->VDIAsyncIOCallbacks.pfnReadSync = vdAsyncIOReadSync;
|
---|
2513 | pDisk->VDIAsyncIOCallbacks.pfnWriteSync = vdAsyncIOWriteSync;
|
---|
2514 | pDisk->VDIAsyncIOCallbacks.pfnFlushSync = vdAsyncIOFlushSync;
|
---|
2515 | pDisk->VDIAsyncIOCallbacks.pfnReadAsync = vdAsyncIOReadAsync;
|
---|
2516 | pDisk->VDIAsyncIOCallbacks.pfnWriteAsync = vdAsyncIOWriteAsync;
|
---|
2517 | pDisk->VDIAsyncIOCallbacks.pfnFlushAsync = vdAsyncIOFlushAsync;
|
---|
2518 | pDisk->pInterfaceAsyncIOCallbacks = &pDisk->VDIAsyncIOCallbacks;
|
---|
2519 |
|
---|
2520 | pDisk->VDIAsyncIO.pszInterfaceName = "VD_AsyncIO";
|
---|
2521 | pDisk->VDIAsyncIO.cbSize = sizeof(VDINTERFACE);
|
---|
2522 | pDisk->VDIAsyncIO.pNext = NULL;
|
---|
2523 | pDisk->VDIAsyncIO.enmInterface = VDINTERFACETYPE_ASYNCIO;
|
---|
2524 | pDisk->VDIAsyncIO.pvUser = pDisk;
|
---|
2525 | pDisk->VDIAsyncIO.pCallbacks = pDisk->pInterfaceAsyncIOCallbacks;
|
---|
2526 | pDisk->pInterfaceAsyncIO = &pDisk->VDIAsyncIO;
|
---|
2527 | }
|
---|
2528 |
|
---|
2529 | /* Create the I/O callback table. */
|
---|
2530 | pDisk->VDIIOCallbacks.cbSize = sizeof(VDINTERFACEIO);
|
---|
2531 | pDisk->VDIIOCallbacks.enmInterface = VDINTERFACETYPE_IO;
|
---|
2532 | pDisk->VDIIOCallbacks.pfnOpen = vdIOOpen;
|
---|
2533 | pDisk->VDIIOCallbacks.pfnClose = vdIOClose;
|
---|
2534 | pDisk->VDIIOCallbacks.pfnGetSize = vdIOGetSize;
|
---|
2535 | pDisk->VDIIOCallbacks.pfnSetSize = vdIOSetSize;
|
---|
2536 | pDisk->VDIIOCallbacks.pfnReadSync = vdIOReadSync;
|
---|
2537 | pDisk->VDIIOCallbacks.pfnWriteSync = vdIOWriteSync;
|
---|
2538 | pDisk->VDIIOCallbacks.pfnFlushSync = vdIOFlushSync;
|
---|
2539 | pDisk->VDIIOCallbacks.pfnReadUserAsync = vdIOReadUserAsync;
|
---|
2540 | pDisk->VDIIOCallbacks.pfnWriteUserAsync = vdIOWriteUserAsync;
|
---|
2541 | pDisk->VDIIOCallbacks.pfnReadMetaAsync = vdIOReadMetaAsync;
|
---|
2542 | pDisk->VDIIOCallbacks.pfnWriteMetaAsync = vdIOWriteMetaAsync;
|
---|
2543 | pDisk->VDIIOCallbacks.pfnFlushAsync = vdIOFlushAsync;
|
---|
2544 | pDisk->VDIIOCallbacks.pfnIoCtxCopyFrom = vdIOIoCtxCopyFrom;
|
---|
2545 | pDisk->VDIIOCallbacks.pfnIoCtxCopyTo = vdIOIoCtxCopyTo;
|
---|
2546 | pDisk->VDIIOCallbacks.pfnIoCtxSet = vdIOIoCtxSet;
|
---|
2547 |
|
---|
2548 | *ppDisk = pDisk;
|
---|
2549 | }
|
---|
2550 | else
|
---|
2551 | {
|
---|
2552 | rc = VERR_NO_MEMORY;
|
---|
2553 | break;
|
---|
2554 | }
|
---|
2555 | } while (0);
|
---|
2556 |
|
---|
2557 | LogFlowFunc(("returns %Rrc (pDisk=%#p)\n", rc, pDisk));
|
---|
2558 | return rc;
|
---|
2559 | }
|
---|
2560 |
|
---|
2561 | /**
|
---|
2562 | * Destroys HDD container.
|
---|
2563 | * If container has opened image files they will be closed.
|
---|
2564 | *
|
---|
2565 | * @param pDisk Pointer to HDD container.
|
---|
2566 | */
|
---|
2567 | VBOXDDU_DECL(void) VDDestroy(PVBOXHDD pDisk)
|
---|
2568 | {
|
---|
2569 | LogFlowFunc(("pDisk=%#p\n", pDisk));
|
---|
2570 | do
|
---|
2571 | {
|
---|
2572 | /* sanity check */
|
---|
2573 | AssertPtrBreak(pDisk);
|
---|
2574 | AssertMsg(pDisk->u32Signature == VBOXHDDDISK_SIGNATURE, ("u32Signature=%08x\n", pDisk->u32Signature));
|
---|
2575 | VDCloseAll(pDisk);
|
---|
2576 | RTMemCacheDestroy(pDisk->hMemCacheIoCtx);
|
---|
2577 | RTMemCacheDestroy(pDisk->hMemCacheIoTask);
|
---|
2578 | RTMemFree(pDisk);
|
---|
2579 | } while (0);
|
---|
2580 | LogFlowFunc(("returns\n"));
|
---|
2581 | }
|
---|
2582 |
|
---|
2583 | /**
|
---|
2584 | * Try to get the backend name which can use this image.
|
---|
2585 | *
|
---|
2586 | * @returns VBox status code.
|
---|
2587 | * VINF_SUCCESS if a plugin was found.
|
---|
2588 | * ppszFormat contains the string which can be used as backend name.
|
---|
2589 | * VERR_NOT_SUPPORTED if no backend was found.
|
---|
2590 | * @param pVDIfsDisk Pointer to the per-disk VD interface list.
|
---|
2591 | * @param pszFilename Name of the image file for which the backend is queried.
|
---|
2592 | * @param ppszFormat Receives pointer of the UTF-8 string which contains the format name.
|
---|
2593 | * The returned pointer must be freed using RTStrFree().
|
---|
2594 | */
|
---|
2595 | VBOXDDU_DECL(int) VDGetFormat(PVDINTERFACE pVDIfsDisk, const char *pszFilename, char **ppszFormat)
|
---|
2596 | {
|
---|
2597 | int rc = VERR_NOT_SUPPORTED;
|
---|
2598 | VDINTERFACEIO VDIIOCallbacks;
|
---|
2599 | VDINTERFACE VDIIO;
|
---|
2600 |
|
---|
2601 | LogFlowFunc(("pszFilename=\"%s\"\n", pszFilename));
|
---|
2602 | /* Check arguments. */
|
---|
2603 | AssertMsgReturn(VALID_PTR(pszFilename) && *pszFilename,
|
---|
2604 | ("pszFilename=%#p \"%s\"\n", pszFilename, pszFilename),
|
---|
2605 | VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
2606 | AssertMsgReturn(VALID_PTR(ppszFormat),
|
---|
2607 | ("ppszFormat=%#p\n", ppszFormat),
|
---|
2608 | VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
2609 |
|
---|
2610 | if (!g_apBackends)
|
---|
2611 | VDInit();
|
---|
2612 |
|
---|
2613 | VDIIOCallbacks.cbSize = sizeof(VDINTERFACEIO);
|
---|
2614 | VDIIOCallbacks.enmInterface = VDINTERFACETYPE_IO;
|
---|
2615 | VDIIOCallbacks.pfnOpen = vdIOOpenLimited;
|
---|
2616 | VDIIOCallbacks.pfnClose = vdIOCloseLimited;
|
---|
2617 | VDIIOCallbacks.pfnGetSize = vdIOGetSizeLimited;
|
---|
2618 | VDIIOCallbacks.pfnSetSize = vdIOSetSizeLimited;
|
---|
2619 | VDIIOCallbacks.pfnReadSync = vdIOReadSyncLimited;
|
---|
2620 | VDIIOCallbacks.pfnWriteSync = vdIOWriteSyncLimited;
|
---|
2621 | VDIIOCallbacks.pfnFlushSync = vdIOFlushSyncLimited;
|
---|
2622 | VDIIOCallbacks.pfnReadUserAsync = NULL;
|
---|
2623 | VDIIOCallbacks.pfnWriteUserAsync = NULL;
|
---|
2624 | VDIIOCallbacks.pfnReadMetaAsync = NULL;
|
---|
2625 | VDIIOCallbacks.pfnWriteMetaAsync = NULL;
|
---|
2626 | VDIIOCallbacks.pfnFlushAsync = NULL;
|
---|
2627 | rc = VDInterfaceAdd(&VDIIO, "VD_IO", VDINTERFACETYPE_IO,
|
---|
2628 | &VDIIOCallbacks, NULL, &pVDIfsDisk);
|
---|
2629 | AssertRC(rc);
|
---|
2630 |
|
---|
2631 | /* Find the backend supporting this file format. */
|
---|
2632 | for (unsigned i = 0; i < g_cBackends; i++)
|
---|
2633 | {
|
---|
2634 | if (g_apBackends[i]->pfnCheckIfValid)
|
---|
2635 | {
|
---|
2636 | rc = g_apBackends[i]->pfnCheckIfValid(pszFilename, pVDIfsDisk);
|
---|
2637 | if ( RT_SUCCESS(rc)
|
---|
2638 | /* The correct backend has been found, but there is a small
|
---|
2639 | * incompatibility so that the file cannot be used. Stop here
|
---|
2640 | * and signal success - the actual open will of course fail,
|
---|
2641 | * but that will create a really sensible error message. */
|
---|
2642 | || ( rc != VERR_VD_GEN_INVALID_HEADER
|
---|
2643 | && rc != VERR_VD_VDI_INVALID_HEADER
|
---|
2644 | && rc != VERR_VD_VMDK_INVALID_HEADER
|
---|
2645 | && rc != VERR_VD_ISCSI_INVALID_HEADER
|
---|
2646 | && rc != VERR_VD_VHD_INVALID_HEADER
|
---|
2647 | && rc != VERR_VD_RAW_INVALID_HEADER))
|
---|
2648 | {
|
---|
2649 | /* Copy the name into the new string. */
|
---|
2650 | char *pszFormat = RTStrDup(g_apBackends[i]->pszBackendName);
|
---|
2651 | if (!pszFormat)
|
---|
2652 | {
|
---|
2653 | rc = VERR_NO_MEMORY;
|
---|
2654 | break;
|
---|
2655 | }
|
---|
2656 | *ppszFormat = pszFormat;
|
---|
2657 | rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
2658 | break;
|
---|
2659 | }
|
---|
2660 | rc = VERR_NOT_SUPPORTED;
|
---|
2661 | }
|
---|
2662 | }
|
---|
2663 |
|
---|
2664 | LogFlowFunc(("returns %Rrc *ppszFormat=\"%s\"\n", rc, *ppszFormat));
|
---|
2665 | return rc;
|
---|
2666 | }
|
---|
2667 |
|
---|
2668 | /**
|
---|
2669 | * Opens an image file.
|
---|
2670 | *
|
---|
2671 | * The first opened image file in HDD container must have a base image type,
|
---|
2672 | * others (next opened images) must be a differencing or undo images.
|
---|
2673 | * Linkage is checked for differencing image to be in consistence with the previously opened image.
|
---|
2674 | * When another differencing image is opened and the last image was opened in read/write access
|
---|
2675 | * mode, then the last image is reopened in read-only with deny write sharing mode. This allows
|
---|
2676 | * other processes to use images in read-only mode too.
|
---|
2677 | *
|
---|
2678 | * Note that the image is opened in read-only mode if a read/write open is not possible.
|
---|
2679 | * Use VDIsReadOnly to check open mode.
|
---|
2680 | *
|
---|
2681 | * @returns VBox status code.
|
---|
2682 | * @param pDisk Pointer to HDD container.
|
---|
2683 | * @param pszBackend Name of the image file backend to use.
|
---|
2684 | * @param pszFilename Name of the image file to open.
|
---|
2685 | * @param uOpenFlags Image file open mode, see VD_OPEN_FLAGS_* constants.
|
---|
2686 | * @param pVDIfsImage Pointer to the per-image VD interface list.
|
---|
2687 | */
|
---|
2688 | VBOXDDU_DECL(int) VDOpen(PVBOXHDD pDisk, const char *pszBackend,
|
---|
2689 | const char *pszFilename, unsigned uOpenFlags,
|
---|
2690 | PVDINTERFACE pVDIfsImage)
|
---|
2691 | {
|
---|
2692 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
2693 | int rc2;
|
---|
2694 | bool fLockWrite = false;
|
---|
2695 | PVDIMAGE pImage = NULL;
|
---|
2696 |
|
---|
2697 | LogFlowFunc(("pDisk=%#p pszBackend=\"%s\" pszFilename=\"%s\" uOpenFlags=%#x, pVDIfsImage=%#p\n",
|
---|
2698 | pDisk, pszBackend, pszFilename, uOpenFlags, pVDIfsImage));
|
---|
2699 |
|
---|
2700 | do
|
---|
2701 | {
|
---|
2702 | /* sanity check */
|
---|
2703 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pDisk, rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
2704 | AssertMsg(pDisk->u32Signature == VBOXHDDDISK_SIGNATURE, ("u32Signature=%08x\n", pDisk->u32Signature));
|
---|
2705 |
|
---|
2706 | /* Check arguments. */
|
---|
2707 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(VALID_PTR(pszBackend) && *pszBackend,
|
---|
2708 | ("pszBackend=%#p \"%s\"\n", pszBackend, pszBackend),
|
---|
2709 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
2710 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(VALID_PTR(pszFilename) && *pszFilename,
|
---|
2711 | ("pszFilename=%#p \"%s\"\n", pszFilename, pszFilename),
|
---|
2712 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
2713 | AssertMsgBreakStmt((uOpenFlags & ~VD_OPEN_FLAGS_MASK) == 0,
|
---|
2714 | ("uOpenFlags=%#x\n", uOpenFlags),
|
---|
2715 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
2716 |
|
---|
2717 | /* Set up image descriptor. */
|
---|
2718 | pImage = (PVDIMAGE)RTMemAllocZ(sizeof(VDIMAGE));
|
---|
2719 | if (!pImage)
|
---|
2720 | {
|
---|
2721 | rc = VERR_NO_MEMORY;
|
---|
2722 | break;
|
---|
2723 | }
|
---|
2724 | pImage->pszFilename = RTStrDup(pszFilename);
|
---|
2725 | if (!pImage->pszFilename)
|
---|
2726 | {
|
---|
2727 | rc = VERR_NO_MEMORY;
|
---|
2728 | break;
|
---|
2729 | }
|
---|
2730 |
|
---|
2731 | pImage->pDisk = pDisk;
|
---|
2732 | pImage->pVDIfsImage = pVDIfsImage;
|
---|
2733 |
|
---|
2734 | rc = vdFindBackend(pszBackend, &pImage->Backend);
|
---|
2735 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
2736 | break;
|
---|
2737 | if (!pImage->Backend)
|
---|
2738 | {
|
---|
2739 | rc = vdError(pDisk, VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER, RT_SRC_POS,
|
---|
2740 | N_("VD: unknown backend name '%s'"), pszBackend);
|
---|
2741 | break;
|
---|
2742 | }
|
---|
2743 |
|
---|
2744 | /* Set up the I/O interface. */
|
---|
2745 | rc = VDInterfaceAdd(&pImage->VDIIO, "VD_IO", VDINTERFACETYPE_IO,
|
---|
2746 | &pDisk->VDIIOCallbacks, pImage, &pImage->pVDIfsImage);
|
---|
2747 | AssertRC(rc);
|
---|
2748 |
|
---|
2749 | pImage->uOpenFlags = uOpenFlags & VD_OPEN_FLAGS_HONOR_SAME;
|
---|
2750 | rc = pImage->Backend->pfnOpen(pImage->pszFilename,
|
---|
2751 | uOpenFlags & ~VD_OPEN_FLAGS_HONOR_SAME,
|
---|
2752 | pDisk->pVDIfsDisk,
|
---|
2753 | pImage->pVDIfsImage,
|
---|
2754 | &pImage->pvBackendData);
|
---|
2755 | /* If the open in read-write mode failed, retry in read-only mode. */
|
---|
2756 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
2757 | {
|
---|
2758 | if (!(uOpenFlags & VD_OPEN_FLAGS_READONLY)
|
---|
2759 | && ( rc == VERR_ACCESS_DENIED
|
---|
2760 | || rc == VERR_PERMISSION_DENIED
|
---|
2761 | || rc == VERR_WRITE_PROTECT
|
---|
2762 | || rc == VERR_SHARING_VIOLATION
|
---|
2763 | || rc == VERR_FILE_LOCK_FAILED))
|
---|
2764 | rc = pImage->Backend->pfnOpen(pImage->pszFilename,
|
---|
2765 | (uOpenFlags & ~VD_OPEN_FLAGS_HONOR_SAME)
|
---|
2766 | | VD_OPEN_FLAGS_READONLY,
|
---|
2767 | pDisk->pVDIfsDisk,
|
---|
2768 | pImage->pVDIfsImage,
|
---|
2769 | &pImage->pvBackendData);
|
---|
2770 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
2771 | {
|
---|
2772 | rc = vdError(pDisk, rc, RT_SRC_POS,
|
---|
2773 | N_("VD: error %Rrc opening image file '%s'"), rc, pszFilename);
|
---|
2774 | break;
|
---|
2775 | }
|
---|
2776 | }
|
---|
2777 |
|
---|
2778 | /* Lock disk for writing, as we modify pDisk information below. */
|
---|
2779 | rc2 = vdThreadStartWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
2780 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
2781 | fLockWrite = true;
|
---|
2782 |
|
---|
2783 | /* Check image type. As the image itself has only partial knowledge
|
---|
2784 | * whether it's a base image or not, this info is derived here. The
|
---|
2785 | * base image can be fixed or normal, all others must be normal or
|
---|
2786 | * diff images. Some image formats don't distinguish between normal
|
---|
2787 | * and diff images, so this must be corrected here. */
|
---|
2788 | unsigned uImageFlags;
|
---|
2789 | uImageFlags = pImage->Backend->pfnGetImageFlags(pImage->pvBackendData);
|
---|
2790 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
2791 | uImageFlags = VD_IMAGE_FLAGS_NONE;
|
---|
2792 | if ( RT_SUCCESS(rc)
|
---|
2793 | && !(uOpenFlags & VD_OPEN_FLAGS_INFO))
|
---|
2794 | {
|
---|
2795 | if ( pDisk->cImages == 0
|
---|
2796 | && (uImageFlags & VD_IMAGE_FLAGS_DIFF))
|
---|
2797 | {
|
---|
2798 | rc = VERR_VD_INVALID_TYPE;
|
---|
2799 | break;
|
---|
2800 | }
|
---|
2801 | else if (pDisk->cImages != 0)
|
---|
2802 | {
|
---|
2803 | if (uImageFlags & VD_IMAGE_FLAGS_FIXED)
|
---|
2804 | {
|
---|
2805 | rc = VERR_VD_INVALID_TYPE;
|
---|
2806 | break;
|
---|
2807 | }
|
---|
2808 | else
|
---|
2809 | uImageFlags |= VD_IMAGE_FLAGS_DIFF;
|
---|
2810 | }
|
---|
2811 | }
|
---|
2812 | pImage->uImageFlags = uImageFlags;
|
---|
2813 |
|
---|
2814 | /* Force sane optimization settings. It's not worth avoiding writes
|
---|
2815 | * to fixed size images. The overhead would have almost no payback. */
|
---|
2816 | if (uImageFlags & VD_IMAGE_FLAGS_FIXED)
|
---|
2817 | pImage->uOpenFlags |= VD_OPEN_FLAGS_HONOR_SAME;
|
---|
2818 |
|
---|
2819 | /** @todo optionally check UUIDs */
|
---|
2820 |
|
---|
2821 | /* Cache disk information. */
|
---|
2822 | pDisk->cbSize = pImage->Backend->pfnGetSize(pImage->pvBackendData);
|
---|
2823 |
|
---|
2824 | /* Cache PCHS geometry. */
|
---|
2825 | rc2 = pImage->Backend->pfnGetPCHSGeometry(pImage->pvBackendData,
|
---|
2826 | &pDisk->PCHSGeometry);
|
---|
2827 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc2))
|
---|
2828 | {
|
---|
2829 | pDisk->PCHSGeometry.cCylinders = 0;
|
---|
2830 | pDisk->PCHSGeometry.cHeads = 0;
|
---|
2831 | pDisk->PCHSGeometry.cSectors = 0;
|
---|
2832 | }
|
---|
2833 | else
|
---|
2834 | {
|
---|
2835 | /* Make sure the PCHS geometry is properly clipped. */
|
---|
2836 | pDisk->PCHSGeometry.cCylinders = RT_MIN(pDisk->PCHSGeometry.cCylinders, 16383);
|
---|
2837 | pDisk->PCHSGeometry.cHeads = RT_MIN(pDisk->PCHSGeometry.cHeads, 16);
|
---|
2838 | pDisk->PCHSGeometry.cSectors = RT_MIN(pDisk->PCHSGeometry.cSectors, 63);
|
---|
2839 | }
|
---|
2840 |
|
---|
2841 | /* Cache LCHS geometry. */
|
---|
2842 | rc2 = pImage->Backend->pfnGetLCHSGeometry(pImage->pvBackendData,
|
---|
2843 | &pDisk->LCHSGeometry);
|
---|
2844 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc2))
|
---|
2845 | {
|
---|
2846 | pDisk->LCHSGeometry.cCylinders = 0;
|
---|
2847 | pDisk->LCHSGeometry.cHeads = 0;
|
---|
2848 | pDisk->LCHSGeometry.cSectors = 0;
|
---|
2849 | }
|
---|
2850 | else
|
---|
2851 | {
|
---|
2852 | /* Make sure the LCHS geometry is properly clipped. */
|
---|
2853 | pDisk->LCHSGeometry.cHeads = RT_MIN(pDisk->LCHSGeometry.cHeads, 255);
|
---|
2854 | pDisk->LCHSGeometry.cSectors = RT_MIN(pDisk->LCHSGeometry.cSectors, 63);
|
---|
2855 | }
|
---|
2856 |
|
---|
2857 | if (pDisk->cImages != 0)
|
---|
2858 | {
|
---|
2859 | /* Switch previous image to read-only mode. */
|
---|
2860 | unsigned uOpenFlagsPrevImg;
|
---|
2861 | uOpenFlagsPrevImg = pDisk->pLast->Backend->pfnGetOpenFlags(pDisk->pLast->pvBackendData);
|
---|
2862 | if (!(uOpenFlagsPrevImg & VD_OPEN_FLAGS_READONLY))
|
---|
2863 | {
|
---|
2864 | uOpenFlagsPrevImg |= VD_OPEN_FLAGS_READONLY;
|
---|
2865 | rc = pDisk->pLast->Backend->pfnSetOpenFlags(pDisk->pLast->pvBackendData, uOpenFlagsPrevImg);
|
---|
2866 | }
|
---|
2867 | }
|
---|
2868 |
|
---|
2869 | if (RT_SUCCESS(rc))
|
---|
2870 | {
|
---|
2871 | /* Image successfully opened, make it the last image. */
|
---|
2872 | vdAddImageToList(pDisk, pImage);
|
---|
2873 | if (!(uOpenFlags & VD_OPEN_FLAGS_READONLY))
|
---|
2874 | pDisk->uModified = VD_IMAGE_MODIFIED_FIRST;
|
---|
2875 | }
|
---|
2876 | else
|
---|
2877 | {
|
---|
2878 | /* Error detected, but image opened. Close image. */
|
---|
2879 | rc2 = pImage->Backend->pfnClose(pImage->pvBackendData, false);
|
---|
2880 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
2881 | pImage->pvBackendData = NULL;
|
---|
2882 | }
|
---|
2883 | } while (0);
|
---|
2884 |
|
---|
2885 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockWrite))
|
---|
2886 | {
|
---|
2887 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
2888 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
2889 | }
|
---|
2890 |
|
---|
2891 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
2892 | {
|
---|
2893 | if (pImage)
|
---|
2894 | {
|
---|
2895 | if (pImage->pszFilename)
|
---|
2896 | RTStrFree(pImage->pszFilename);
|
---|
2897 | RTMemFree(pImage);
|
---|
2898 | }
|
---|
2899 | }
|
---|
2900 |
|
---|
2901 | LogFlowFunc(("returns %Rrc\n", rc));
|
---|
2902 | return rc;
|
---|
2903 | }
|
---|
2904 |
|
---|
2905 | /**
|
---|
2906 | * Creates and opens a new base image file.
|
---|
2907 | *
|
---|
2908 | * @returns VBox status code.
|
---|
2909 | * @param pDisk Pointer to HDD container.
|
---|
2910 | * @param pszBackend Name of the image file backend to use.
|
---|
2911 | * @param pszFilename Name of the image file to create.
|
---|
2912 | * @param cbSize Image size in bytes.
|
---|
2913 | * @param uImageFlags Flags specifying special image features.
|
---|
2914 | * @param pszComment Pointer to image comment. NULL is ok.
|
---|
2915 | * @param pPCHSGeometry Pointer to physical disk geometry <= (16383,16,63). Not NULL.
|
---|
2916 | * @param pLCHSGeometry Pointer to logical disk geometry <= (x,255,63). Not NULL.
|
---|
2917 | * @param pUuid New UUID of the image. If NULL, a new UUID is created.
|
---|
2918 | * @param uOpenFlags Image file open mode, see VD_OPEN_FLAGS_* constants.
|
---|
2919 | * @param pVDIfsImage Pointer to the per-image VD interface list.
|
---|
2920 | * @param pVDIfsOperation Pointer to the per-operation VD interface list.
|
---|
2921 | */
|
---|
2922 | VBOXDDU_DECL(int) VDCreateBase(PVBOXHDD pDisk, const char *pszBackend,
|
---|
2923 | const char *pszFilename, uint64_t cbSize,
|
---|
2924 | unsigned uImageFlags, const char *pszComment,
|
---|
2925 | PCPDMMEDIAGEOMETRY pPCHSGeometry,
|
---|
2926 | PCPDMMEDIAGEOMETRY pLCHSGeometry,
|
---|
2927 | PCRTUUID pUuid, unsigned uOpenFlags,
|
---|
2928 | PVDINTERFACE pVDIfsImage,
|
---|
2929 | PVDINTERFACE pVDIfsOperation)
|
---|
2930 | {
|
---|
2931 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
2932 | int rc2;
|
---|
2933 | bool fLockWrite = false, fLockRead = false;
|
---|
2934 | PVDIMAGE pImage = NULL;
|
---|
2935 | RTUUID uuid;
|
---|
2936 |
|
---|
2937 | LogFlowFunc(("pDisk=%#p pszBackend=\"%s\" pszFilename=\"%s\" cbSize=%llu uImageFlags=%#x pszComment=\"%s\" PCHS=%u/%u/%u LCHS=%u/%u/%u Uuid=%RTuuid uOpenFlags=%#x pVDIfsImage=%#p pVDIfsOperation=%#p\n",
|
---|
2938 | pDisk, pszBackend, pszFilename, cbSize, uImageFlags, pszComment,
|
---|
2939 | pPCHSGeometry->cCylinders, pPCHSGeometry->cHeads,
|
---|
2940 | pPCHSGeometry->cSectors, pLCHSGeometry->cCylinders,
|
---|
2941 | pLCHSGeometry->cHeads, pLCHSGeometry->cSectors, pUuid,
|
---|
2942 | uOpenFlags, pVDIfsImage, pVDIfsOperation));
|
---|
2943 |
|
---|
2944 | PVDINTERFACE pIfProgress = VDInterfaceGet(pVDIfsOperation,
|
---|
2945 | VDINTERFACETYPE_PROGRESS);
|
---|
2946 | PVDINTERFACEPROGRESS pCbProgress = NULL;
|
---|
2947 | if (pIfProgress)
|
---|
2948 | pCbProgress = VDGetInterfaceProgress(pIfProgress);
|
---|
2949 |
|
---|
2950 | do
|
---|
2951 | {
|
---|
2952 | /* sanity check */
|
---|
2953 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pDisk, rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
2954 | AssertMsg(pDisk->u32Signature == VBOXHDDDISK_SIGNATURE, ("u32Signature=%08x\n", pDisk->u32Signature));
|
---|
2955 |
|
---|
2956 | /* Check arguments. */
|
---|
2957 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(VALID_PTR(pszBackend) && *pszBackend,
|
---|
2958 | ("pszBackend=%#p \"%s\"\n", pszBackend, pszBackend),
|
---|
2959 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
2960 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(VALID_PTR(pszFilename) && *pszFilename,
|
---|
2961 | ("pszFilename=%#p \"%s\"\n", pszFilename, pszFilename),
|
---|
2962 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
2963 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(cbSize,
|
---|
2964 | ("cbSize=%llu\n", cbSize),
|
---|
2965 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
2966 | AssertMsgBreakStmt( ((uImageFlags & ~VD_IMAGE_FLAGS_MASK) == 0)
|
---|
2967 | || ((uImageFlags & (VD_IMAGE_FLAGS_FIXED | VD_IMAGE_FLAGS_DIFF)) != VD_IMAGE_FLAGS_FIXED),
|
---|
2968 | ("uImageFlags=%#x\n", uImageFlags),
|
---|
2969 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
2970 | /* The PCHS geometry fields may be 0 to leave it for later. */
|
---|
2971 | AssertMsgBreakStmt( VALID_PTR(pPCHSGeometry)
|
---|
2972 | && pPCHSGeometry->cHeads <= 16
|
---|
2973 | && pPCHSGeometry->cSectors <= 63,
|
---|
2974 | ("pPCHSGeometry=%#p PCHS=%u/%u/%u\n", pPCHSGeometry,
|
---|
2975 | pPCHSGeometry->cCylinders, pPCHSGeometry->cHeads,
|
---|
2976 | pPCHSGeometry->cSectors),
|
---|
2977 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
2978 | /* The LCHS geometry fields may be 0 to leave it to later autodetection. */
|
---|
2979 | AssertMsgBreakStmt( VALID_PTR(pLCHSGeometry)
|
---|
2980 | && pLCHSGeometry->cHeads <= 255
|
---|
2981 | && pLCHSGeometry->cSectors <= 63,
|
---|
2982 | ("pLCHSGeometry=%#p LCHS=%u/%u/%u\n", pLCHSGeometry,
|
---|
2983 | pLCHSGeometry->cCylinders, pLCHSGeometry->cHeads,
|
---|
2984 | pLCHSGeometry->cSectors),
|
---|
2985 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
2986 | /* The UUID may be NULL. */
|
---|
2987 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(pUuid == NULL || VALID_PTR(pUuid),
|
---|
2988 | ("pUuid=%#p UUID=%RTuuid\n", pUuid, pUuid),
|
---|
2989 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
2990 | AssertMsgBreakStmt((uOpenFlags & ~VD_OPEN_FLAGS_MASK) == 0,
|
---|
2991 | ("uOpenFlags=%#x\n", uOpenFlags),
|
---|
2992 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
2993 |
|
---|
2994 | /* Check state. Needs a temporary read lock. Holding the write lock
|
---|
2995 | * all the time would be blocking other activities for too long. */
|
---|
2996 | rc2 = vdThreadStartRead(pDisk);
|
---|
2997 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
2998 | fLockRead = true;
|
---|
2999 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(pDisk->cImages == 0,
|
---|
3000 | ("Create base image cannot be done with other images open\n"),
|
---|
3001 | rc = VERR_VD_INVALID_STATE);
|
---|
3002 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishRead(pDisk);
|
---|
3003 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
3004 | fLockRead = false;
|
---|
3005 |
|
---|
3006 | /* Set up image descriptor. */
|
---|
3007 | pImage = (PVDIMAGE)RTMemAllocZ(sizeof(VDIMAGE));
|
---|
3008 | if (!pImage)
|
---|
3009 | {
|
---|
3010 | rc = VERR_NO_MEMORY;
|
---|
3011 | break;
|
---|
3012 | }
|
---|
3013 | pImage->pszFilename = RTStrDup(pszFilename);
|
---|
3014 | if (!pImage->pszFilename)
|
---|
3015 | {
|
---|
3016 | rc = VERR_NO_MEMORY;
|
---|
3017 | break;
|
---|
3018 | }
|
---|
3019 | pImage->pDisk = pDisk;
|
---|
3020 | pImage->pVDIfsImage = pVDIfsImage;
|
---|
3021 |
|
---|
3022 | /* Set up the I/O interface. */
|
---|
3023 | rc = VDInterfaceAdd(&pImage->VDIIO, "VD_IO", VDINTERFACETYPE_IO,
|
---|
3024 | &pDisk->VDIIOCallbacks, pImage, &pImage->pVDIfsImage);
|
---|
3025 | AssertRC(rc);
|
---|
3026 |
|
---|
3027 | rc = vdFindBackend(pszBackend, &pImage->Backend);
|
---|
3028 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
3029 | break;
|
---|
3030 | if (!pImage->Backend)
|
---|
3031 | {
|
---|
3032 | rc = vdError(pDisk, VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER, RT_SRC_POS,
|
---|
3033 | N_("VD: unknown backend name '%s'"), pszBackend);
|
---|
3034 | break;
|
---|
3035 | }
|
---|
3036 |
|
---|
3037 | /* Create UUID if the caller didn't specify one. */
|
---|
3038 | if (!pUuid)
|
---|
3039 | {
|
---|
3040 | rc = RTUuidCreate(&uuid);
|
---|
3041 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
3042 | {
|
---|
3043 | rc = vdError(pDisk, rc, RT_SRC_POS,
|
---|
3044 | N_("VD: cannot generate UUID for image '%s'"),
|
---|
3045 | pszFilename);
|
---|
3046 | break;
|
---|
3047 | }
|
---|
3048 | pUuid = &uuid;
|
---|
3049 | }
|
---|
3050 |
|
---|
3051 | pImage->uOpenFlags = uOpenFlags & VD_OPEN_FLAGS_HONOR_SAME;
|
---|
3052 | uImageFlags &= ~VD_IMAGE_FLAGS_DIFF;
|
---|
3053 | rc = pImage->Backend->pfnCreate(pImage->pszFilename, cbSize,
|
---|
3054 | uImageFlags, pszComment, pPCHSGeometry,
|
---|
3055 | pLCHSGeometry, pUuid,
|
---|
3056 | uOpenFlags & ~VD_OPEN_FLAGS_HONOR_SAME,
|
---|
3057 | 0, 99,
|
---|
3058 | pDisk->pVDIfsDisk,
|
---|
3059 | pImage->pVDIfsImage,
|
---|
3060 | pVDIfsOperation,
|
---|
3061 | &pImage->pvBackendData);
|
---|
3062 |
|
---|
3063 | if (RT_SUCCESS(rc))
|
---|
3064 | {
|
---|
3065 | pImage->uImageFlags = uImageFlags;
|
---|
3066 |
|
---|
3067 | /* Force sane optimization settings. It's not worth avoiding writes
|
---|
3068 | * to fixed size images. The overhead would have almost no payback. */
|
---|
3069 | if (uImageFlags & VD_IMAGE_FLAGS_FIXED)
|
---|
3070 | pImage->uOpenFlags |= VD_OPEN_FLAGS_HONOR_SAME;
|
---|
3071 |
|
---|
3072 | /* Lock disk for writing, as we modify pDisk information below. */
|
---|
3073 | rc2 = vdThreadStartWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
3074 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
3075 | fLockWrite = true;
|
---|
3076 |
|
---|
3077 | /** @todo optionally check UUIDs */
|
---|
3078 |
|
---|
3079 | /* Re-check state, as the lock wasn't held and another image
|
---|
3080 | * creation call could have been done by another thread. */
|
---|
3081 | AssertMsgStmt(pDisk->cImages == 0,
|
---|
3082 | ("Create base image cannot be done with other images open\n"),
|
---|
3083 | rc = VERR_VD_INVALID_STATE);
|
---|
3084 | }
|
---|
3085 |
|
---|
3086 | if (RT_SUCCESS(rc))
|
---|
3087 | {
|
---|
3088 | /* Cache disk information. */
|
---|
3089 | pDisk->cbSize = pImage->Backend->pfnGetSize(pImage->pvBackendData);
|
---|
3090 |
|
---|
3091 | /* Cache PCHS geometry. */
|
---|
3092 | rc2 = pImage->Backend->pfnGetPCHSGeometry(pImage->pvBackendData,
|
---|
3093 | &pDisk->PCHSGeometry);
|
---|
3094 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc2))
|
---|
3095 | {
|
---|
3096 | pDisk->PCHSGeometry.cCylinders = 0;
|
---|
3097 | pDisk->PCHSGeometry.cHeads = 0;
|
---|
3098 | pDisk->PCHSGeometry.cSectors = 0;
|
---|
3099 | }
|
---|
3100 | else
|
---|
3101 | {
|
---|
3102 | /* Make sure the CHS geometry is properly clipped. */
|
---|
3103 | pDisk->PCHSGeometry.cCylinders = RT_MIN(pDisk->PCHSGeometry.cCylinders, 16383);
|
---|
3104 | pDisk->PCHSGeometry.cHeads = RT_MIN(pDisk->PCHSGeometry.cHeads, 16);
|
---|
3105 | pDisk->PCHSGeometry.cSectors = RT_MIN(pDisk->PCHSGeometry.cSectors, 63);
|
---|
3106 | }
|
---|
3107 |
|
---|
3108 | /* Cache LCHS geometry. */
|
---|
3109 | rc2 = pImage->Backend->pfnGetLCHSGeometry(pImage->pvBackendData,
|
---|
3110 | &pDisk->LCHSGeometry);
|
---|
3111 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc2))
|
---|
3112 | {
|
---|
3113 | pDisk->LCHSGeometry.cCylinders = 0;
|
---|
3114 | pDisk->LCHSGeometry.cHeads = 0;
|
---|
3115 | pDisk->LCHSGeometry.cSectors = 0;
|
---|
3116 | }
|
---|
3117 | else
|
---|
3118 | {
|
---|
3119 | /* Make sure the CHS geometry is properly clipped. */
|
---|
3120 | pDisk->LCHSGeometry.cHeads = RT_MIN(pDisk->LCHSGeometry.cHeads, 255);
|
---|
3121 | pDisk->LCHSGeometry.cSectors = RT_MIN(pDisk->LCHSGeometry.cSectors, 63);
|
---|
3122 | }
|
---|
3123 |
|
---|
3124 | /* Image successfully opened, make it the last image. */
|
---|
3125 | vdAddImageToList(pDisk, pImage);
|
---|
3126 | if (!(uOpenFlags & VD_OPEN_FLAGS_READONLY))
|
---|
3127 | pDisk->uModified = VD_IMAGE_MODIFIED_FIRST;
|
---|
3128 | }
|
---|
3129 | else
|
---|
3130 | {
|
---|
3131 | /* Error detected, but image opened. Close and delete image. */
|
---|
3132 | rc2 = pImage->Backend->pfnClose(pImage->pvBackendData, true);
|
---|
3133 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
3134 | pImage->pvBackendData = NULL;
|
---|
3135 | }
|
---|
3136 | } while (0);
|
---|
3137 |
|
---|
3138 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockWrite))
|
---|
3139 | {
|
---|
3140 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
3141 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
3142 | }
|
---|
3143 | else if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockRead))
|
---|
3144 | {
|
---|
3145 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishRead(pDisk);
|
---|
3146 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
3147 | }
|
---|
3148 |
|
---|
3149 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
3150 | {
|
---|
3151 | if (pImage)
|
---|
3152 | {
|
---|
3153 | if (pImage->pszFilename)
|
---|
3154 | RTStrFree(pImage->pszFilename);
|
---|
3155 | RTMemFree(pImage);
|
---|
3156 | }
|
---|
3157 | }
|
---|
3158 |
|
---|
3159 | if (RT_SUCCESS(rc) && pCbProgress && pCbProgress->pfnProgress)
|
---|
3160 | pCbProgress->pfnProgress(pIfProgress->pvUser, 100);
|
---|
3161 |
|
---|
3162 | LogFlowFunc(("returns %Rrc\n", rc));
|
---|
3163 | return rc;
|
---|
3164 | }
|
---|
3165 |
|
---|
3166 | /**
|
---|
3167 | * Creates and opens a new differencing image file in HDD container.
|
---|
3168 | * See comments for VDOpen function about differencing images.
|
---|
3169 | *
|
---|
3170 | * @returns VBox status code.
|
---|
3171 | * @param pDisk Pointer to HDD container.
|
---|
3172 | * @param pszBackend Name of the image file backend to use.
|
---|
3173 | * @param pszFilename Name of the differencing image file to create.
|
---|
3174 | * @param uImageFlags Flags specifying special image features.
|
---|
3175 | * @param pszComment Pointer to image comment. NULL is ok.
|
---|
3176 | * @param pUuid New UUID of the image. If NULL, a new UUID is created.
|
---|
3177 | * @param pParentUuid New parent UUID of the image. If NULL, the UUID is queried automatically.
|
---|
3178 | * @param uOpenFlags Image file open mode, see VD_OPEN_FLAGS_* constants.
|
---|
3179 | * @param pVDIfsImage Pointer to the per-image VD interface list.
|
---|
3180 | * @param pVDIfsOperation Pointer to the per-operation VD interface list.
|
---|
3181 | */
|
---|
3182 | VBOXDDU_DECL(int) VDCreateDiff(PVBOXHDD pDisk, const char *pszBackend,
|
---|
3183 | const char *pszFilename, unsigned uImageFlags,
|
---|
3184 | const char *pszComment, PCRTUUID pUuid,
|
---|
3185 | PCRTUUID pParentUuid, unsigned uOpenFlags,
|
---|
3186 | PVDINTERFACE pVDIfsImage,
|
---|
3187 | PVDINTERFACE pVDIfsOperation)
|
---|
3188 | {
|
---|
3189 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
3190 | int rc2;
|
---|
3191 | bool fLockWrite = false, fLockRead = false;
|
---|
3192 | PVDIMAGE pImage = NULL;
|
---|
3193 | RTUUID uuid;
|
---|
3194 |
|
---|
3195 | LogFlowFunc(("pDisk=%#p pszBackend=\"%s\" pszFilename=\"%s\" uImageFlags=%#x pszComment=\"%s\" Uuid=%RTuuid ParentUuid=%RTuuid uOpenFlags=%#x pVDIfsImage=%#p pVDIfsOperation=%#p\n",
|
---|
3196 | pDisk, pszBackend, pszFilename, uImageFlags, pszComment, pUuid, pParentUuid, uOpenFlags,
|
---|
3197 | pVDIfsImage, pVDIfsOperation));
|
---|
3198 |
|
---|
3199 | PVDINTERFACE pIfProgress = VDInterfaceGet(pVDIfsOperation,
|
---|
3200 | VDINTERFACETYPE_PROGRESS);
|
---|
3201 | PVDINTERFACEPROGRESS pCbProgress = NULL;
|
---|
3202 | if (pIfProgress)
|
---|
3203 | pCbProgress = VDGetInterfaceProgress(pIfProgress);
|
---|
3204 |
|
---|
3205 | do
|
---|
3206 | {
|
---|
3207 | /* sanity check */
|
---|
3208 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pDisk, rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
3209 | AssertMsg(pDisk->u32Signature == VBOXHDDDISK_SIGNATURE, ("u32Signature=%08x\n", pDisk->u32Signature));
|
---|
3210 |
|
---|
3211 | /* Check arguments. */
|
---|
3212 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(VALID_PTR(pszBackend) && *pszBackend,
|
---|
3213 | ("pszBackend=%#p \"%s\"\n", pszBackend, pszBackend),
|
---|
3214 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
3215 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(VALID_PTR(pszFilename) && *pszFilename,
|
---|
3216 | ("pszFilename=%#p \"%s\"\n", pszFilename, pszFilename),
|
---|
3217 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
3218 | AssertMsgBreakStmt((uImageFlags & ~VD_IMAGE_FLAGS_MASK) == 0,
|
---|
3219 | ("uImageFlags=%#x\n", uImageFlags),
|
---|
3220 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
3221 | /* The UUID may be NULL. */
|
---|
3222 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(pUuid == NULL || VALID_PTR(pUuid),
|
---|
3223 | ("pUuid=%#p UUID=%RTuuid\n", pUuid, pUuid),
|
---|
3224 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
3225 | /* The parent UUID may be NULL. */
|
---|
3226 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(pParentUuid == NULL || VALID_PTR(pParentUuid),
|
---|
3227 | ("pParentUuid=%#p ParentUUID=%RTuuid\n", pParentUuid, pParentUuid),
|
---|
3228 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
3229 | AssertMsgBreakStmt((uOpenFlags & ~VD_OPEN_FLAGS_MASK) == 0,
|
---|
3230 | ("uOpenFlags=%#x\n", uOpenFlags),
|
---|
3231 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
3232 |
|
---|
3233 | /* Check state. Needs a temporary read lock. Holding the write lock
|
---|
3234 | * all the time would be blocking other activities for too long. */
|
---|
3235 | rc2 = vdThreadStartRead(pDisk);
|
---|
3236 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
3237 | fLockRead = true;
|
---|
3238 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(pDisk->cImages != 0,
|
---|
3239 | ("Create diff image cannot be done without other images open\n"),
|
---|
3240 | rc = VERR_VD_INVALID_STATE);
|
---|
3241 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishRead(pDisk);
|
---|
3242 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
3243 | fLockRead = false;
|
---|
3244 |
|
---|
3245 | /* Set up image descriptor. */
|
---|
3246 | pImage = (PVDIMAGE)RTMemAllocZ(sizeof(VDIMAGE));
|
---|
3247 | if (!pImage)
|
---|
3248 | {
|
---|
3249 | rc = VERR_NO_MEMORY;
|
---|
3250 | break;
|
---|
3251 | }
|
---|
3252 | pImage->pszFilename = RTStrDup(pszFilename);
|
---|
3253 | if (!pImage->pszFilename)
|
---|
3254 | {
|
---|
3255 | rc = VERR_NO_MEMORY;
|
---|
3256 | break;
|
---|
3257 | }
|
---|
3258 |
|
---|
3259 | rc = vdFindBackend(pszBackend, &pImage->Backend);
|
---|
3260 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
3261 | break;
|
---|
3262 | if (!pImage->Backend)
|
---|
3263 | {
|
---|
3264 | rc = vdError(pDisk, VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER, RT_SRC_POS,
|
---|
3265 | N_("VD: unknown backend name '%s'"), pszBackend);
|
---|
3266 | break;
|
---|
3267 | }
|
---|
3268 |
|
---|
3269 | pImage->pDisk = pDisk;
|
---|
3270 | pImage->pVDIfsImage = pVDIfsImage;
|
---|
3271 |
|
---|
3272 | /* Set up the I/O interface. */
|
---|
3273 | rc = VDInterfaceAdd(&pImage->VDIIO, "VD_IO", VDINTERFACETYPE_IO,
|
---|
3274 | &pDisk->VDIIOCallbacks, pImage, &pImage->pVDIfsImage);
|
---|
3275 | AssertRC(rc);
|
---|
3276 |
|
---|
3277 | /* Create UUID if the caller didn't specify one. */
|
---|
3278 | if (!pUuid)
|
---|
3279 | {
|
---|
3280 | rc = RTUuidCreate(&uuid);
|
---|
3281 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
3282 | {
|
---|
3283 | rc = vdError(pDisk, rc, RT_SRC_POS,
|
---|
3284 | N_("VD: cannot generate UUID for image '%s'"),
|
---|
3285 | pszFilename);
|
---|
3286 | break;
|
---|
3287 | }
|
---|
3288 | pUuid = &uuid;
|
---|
3289 | }
|
---|
3290 |
|
---|
3291 | pImage->uOpenFlags = uOpenFlags & VD_OPEN_FLAGS_HONOR_SAME;
|
---|
3292 | uImageFlags |= VD_IMAGE_FLAGS_DIFF;
|
---|
3293 | rc = pImage->Backend->pfnCreate(pImage->pszFilename, pDisk->cbSize,
|
---|
3294 | uImageFlags | VD_IMAGE_FLAGS_DIFF,
|
---|
3295 | pszComment, &pDisk->PCHSGeometry,
|
---|
3296 | &pDisk->LCHSGeometry, pUuid,
|
---|
3297 | uOpenFlags & ~VD_OPEN_FLAGS_HONOR_SAME,
|
---|
3298 | 0, 99,
|
---|
3299 | pDisk->pVDIfsDisk,
|
---|
3300 | pImage->pVDIfsImage,
|
---|
3301 | pVDIfsOperation,
|
---|
3302 | &pImage->pvBackendData);
|
---|
3303 |
|
---|
3304 | if (RT_SUCCESS(rc))
|
---|
3305 | {
|
---|
3306 | pImage->uImageFlags = uImageFlags;
|
---|
3307 |
|
---|
3308 | /* Lock disk for writing, as we modify pDisk information below. */
|
---|
3309 | rc2 = vdThreadStartWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
3310 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
3311 | fLockWrite = true;
|
---|
3312 |
|
---|
3313 | /* Switch previous image to read-only mode. */
|
---|
3314 | unsigned uOpenFlagsPrevImg;
|
---|
3315 | uOpenFlagsPrevImg = pDisk->pLast->Backend->pfnGetOpenFlags(pDisk->pLast->pvBackendData);
|
---|
3316 | if (!(uOpenFlagsPrevImg & VD_OPEN_FLAGS_READONLY))
|
---|
3317 | {
|
---|
3318 | uOpenFlagsPrevImg |= VD_OPEN_FLAGS_READONLY;
|
---|
3319 | rc = pDisk->pLast->Backend->pfnSetOpenFlags(pDisk->pLast->pvBackendData, uOpenFlagsPrevImg);
|
---|
3320 | }
|
---|
3321 |
|
---|
3322 | /** @todo optionally check UUIDs */
|
---|
3323 |
|
---|
3324 | /* Re-check state, as the lock wasn't held and another image
|
---|
3325 | * creation call could have been done by another thread. */
|
---|
3326 | AssertMsgStmt(pDisk->cImages != 0,
|
---|
3327 | ("Create diff image cannot be done without other images open\n"),
|
---|
3328 | rc = VERR_VD_INVALID_STATE);
|
---|
3329 | }
|
---|
3330 |
|
---|
3331 | if (RT_SUCCESS(rc))
|
---|
3332 | {
|
---|
3333 | RTUUID Uuid;
|
---|
3334 | RTTIMESPEC ts;
|
---|
3335 |
|
---|
3336 | if (pParentUuid && !RTUuidIsNull(pParentUuid))
|
---|
3337 | {
|
---|
3338 | Uuid = *pParentUuid;
|
---|
3339 | pImage->Backend->pfnSetParentUuid(pImage->pvBackendData, &Uuid);
|
---|
3340 | }
|
---|
3341 | else
|
---|
3342 | {
|
---|
3343 | rc2 = pDisk->pLast->Backend->pfnGetUuid(pDisk->pLast->pvBackendData,
|
---|
3344 | &Uuid);
|
---|
3345 | if (RT_SUCCESS(rc2))
|
---|
3346 | pImage->Backend->pfnSetParentUuid(pImage->pvBackendData, &Uuid);
|
---|
3347 | }
|
---|
3348 | rc2 = pDisk->pLast->Backend->pfnGetModificationUuid(pDisk->pLast->pvBackendData,
|
---|
3349 | &Uuid);
|
---|
3350 | if (RT_SUCCESS(rc2))
|
---|
3351 | pImage->Backend->pfnSetParentModificationUuid(pImage->pvBackendData,
|
---|
3352 | &Uuid);
|
---|
3353 | rc2 = pDisk->pLast->Backend->pfnGetTimeStamp(pDisk->pLast->pvBackendData,
|
---|
3354 | &ts);
|
---|
3355 | if (RT_SUCCESS(rc2))
|
---|
3356 | pImage->Backend->pfnSetParentTimeStamp(pImage->pvBackendData, &ts);
|
---|
3357 |
|
---|
3358 | rc2 = pImage->Backend->pfnSetParentFilename(pImage->pvBackendData, pDisk->pLast->pszFilename);
|
---|
3359 | }
|
---|
3360 |
|
---|
3361 | if (RT_SUCCESS(rc))
|
---|
3362 | {
|
---|
3363 | /* Image successfully opened, make it the last image. */
|
---|
3364 | vdAddImageToList(pDisk, pImage);
|
---|
3365 | if (!(uOpenFlags & VD_OPEN_FLAGS_READONLY))
|
---|
3366 | pDisk->uModified = VD_IMAGE_MODIFIED_FIRST;
|
---|
3367 | }
|
---|
3368 | else
|
---|
3369 | {
|
---|
3370 | /* Error detected, but image opened. Close and delete image. */
|
---|
3371 | rc2 = pImage->Backend->pfnClose(pImage->pvBackendData, true);
|
---|
3372 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
3373 | pImage->pvBackendData = NULL;
|
---|
3374 | }
|
---|
3375 | } while (0);
|
---|
3376 |
|
---|
3377 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockWrite))
|
---|
3378 | {
|
---|
3379 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
3380 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
3381 | }
|
---|
3382 | else if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockRead))
|
---|
3383 | {
|
---|
3384 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishRead(pDisk);
|
---|
3385 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
3386 | }
|
---|
3387 |
|
---|
3388 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
3389 | {
|
---|
3390 | if (pImage)
|
---|
3391 | {
|
---|
3392 | if (pImage->pszFilename)
|
---|
3393 | RTStrFree(pImage->pszFilename);
|
---|
3394 | RTMemFree(pImage);
|
---|
3395 | }
|
---|
3396 | }
|
---|
3397 |
|
---|
3398 | if (RT_SUCCESS(rc) && pCbProgress && pCbProgress->pfnProgress)
|
---|
3399 | pCbProgress->pfnProgress(pIfProgress->pvUser, 100);
|
---|
3400 |
|
---|
3401 | LogFlowFunc(("returns %Rrc\n", rc));
|
---|
3402 | return rc;
|
---|
3403 | }
|
---|
3404 |
|
---|
3405 |
|
---|
3406 | /**
|
---|
3407 | * Merges two images (not necessarily with direct parent/child relationship).
|
---|
3408 | * As a side effect the source image and potentially the other images which
|
---|
3409 | * are also merged to the destination are deleted from both the disk and the
|
---|
3410 | * images in the HDD container.
|
---|
3411 | *
|
---|
3412 | * @returns VBox status code.
|
---|
3413 | * @returns VERR_VD_IMAGE_NOT_FOUND if image with specified number was not opened.
|
---|
3414 | * @param pDisk Pointer to HDD container.
|
---|
3415 | * @param nImageFrom Name of the image file to merge from.
|
---|
3416 | * @param nImageTo Name of the image file to merge to.
|
---|
3417 | * @param pVDIfsOperation Pointer to the per-operation VD interface list.
|
---|
3418 | */
|
---|
3419 | VBOXDDU_DECL(int) VDMerge(PVBOXHDD pDisk, unsigned nImageFrom,
|
---|
3420 | unsigned nImageTo, PVDINTERFACE pVDIfsOperation)
|
---|
3421 | {
|
---|
3422 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
3423 | int rc2;
|
---|
3424 | bool fLockWrite = false, fLockRead = false;
|
---|
3425 | void *pvBuf = NULL;
|
---|
3426 |
|
---|
3427 | LogFlowFunc(("pDisk=%#p nImageFrom=%u nImageTo=%u pVDIfsOperation=%#p\n",
|
---|
3428 | pDisk, nImageFrom, nImageTo, pVDIfsOperation));
|
---|
3429 |
|
---|
3430 | PVDINTERFACE pIfProgress = VDInterfaceGet(pVDIfsOperation,
|
---|
3431 | VDINTERFACETYPE_PROGRESS);
|
---|
3432 | PVDINTERFACEPROGRESS pCbProgress = NULL;
|
---|
3433 | if (pIfProgress)
|
---|
3434 | pCbProgress = VDGetInterfaceProgress(pIfProgress);
|
---|
3435 |
|
---|
3436 | do
|
---|
3437 | {
|
---|
3438 | /* sanity check */
|
---|
3439 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pDisk, rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
3440 | AssertMsg(pDisk->u32Signature == VBOXHDDDISK_SIGNATURE, ("u32Signature=%08x\n", pDisk->u32Signature));
|
---|
3441 |
|
---|
3442 | /* For simplicity reasons lock for writing as the image reopen below
|
---|
3443 | * might need it. After all the reopen is usually needed. */
|
---|
3444 | rc2 = vdThreadStartWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
3445 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
3446 | fLockRead = true;
|
---|
3447 | PVDIMAGE pImageFrom = vdGetImageByNumber(pDisk, nImageFrom);
|
---|
3448 | PVDIMAGE pImageTo = vdGetImageByNumber(pDisk, nImageTo);
|
---|
3449 | if (!pImageFrom || !pImageTo)
|
---|
3450 | {
|
---|
3451 | rc = VERR_VD_IMAGE_NOT_FOUND;
|
---|
3452 | break;
|
---|
3453 | }
|
---|
3454 | AssertBreakStmt(pImageFrom != pImageTo, rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
3455 |
|
---|
3456 | /* Make sure destination image is writable. */
|
---|
3457 | unsigned uOpenFlags = pImageTo->Backend->pfnGetOpenFlags(pImageTo->pvBackendData);
|
---|
3458 | if (uOpenFlags & VD_OPEN_FLAGS_READONLY)
|
---|
3459 | {
|
---|
3460 | uOpenFlags &= ~VD_OPEN_FLAGS_READONLY;
|
---|
3461 | rc = pImageTo->Backend->pfnSetOpenFlags(pImageTo->pvBackendData,
|
---|
3462 | uOpenFlags);
|
---|
3463 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
3464 | break;
|
---|
3465 | }
|
---|
3466 |
|
---|
3467 | /* Get size of destination image. */
|
---|
3468 | uint64_t cbSize = pImageTo->Backend->pfnGetSize(pImageTo->pvBackendData);
|
---|
3469 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
3470 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
3471 | fLockRead = false;
|
---|
3472 |
|
---|
3473 | /* Allocate tmp buffer. */
|
---|
3474 | pvBuf = RTMemTmpAlloc(VD_MERGE_BUFFER_SIZE);
|
---|
3475 | if (!pvBuf)
|
---|
3476 | {
|
---|
3477 | rc = VERR_NO_MEMORY;
|
---|
3478 | break;
|
---|
3479 | }
|
---|
3480 |
|
---|
3481 | /* Merging is done directly on the images itself. This potentially
|
---|
3482 | * causes trouble if the disk is full in the middle of operation. */
|
---|
3483 | if (nImageFrom < nImageTo)
|
---|
3484 | {
|
---|
3485 | /* Merge parent state into child. This means writing all not
|
---|
3486 | * allocated blocks in the destination image which are allocated in
|
---|
3487 | * the images to be merged. */
|
---|
3488 | uint64_t uOffset = 0;
|
---|
3489 | uint64_t cbRemaining = cbSize;
|
---|
3490 | do
|
---|
3491 | {
|
---|
3492 | size_t cbThisRead = RT_MIN(VD_MERGE_BUFFER_SIZE, cbRemaining);
|
---|
3493 |
|
---|
3494 | /* Need to hold the write lock during a read-write operation. */
|
---|
3495 | rc2 = vdThreadStartWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
3496 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
3497 | fLockWrite = true;
|
---|
3498 |
|
---|
3499 | rc = pImageTo->Backend->pfnRead(pImageTo->pvBackendData,
|
---|
3500 | uOffset, pvBuf, cbThisRead,
|
---|
3501 | &cbThisRead);
|
---|
3502 | if (rc == VERR_VD_BLOCK_FREE)
|
---|
3503 | {
|
---|
3504 | /* Search for image with allocated block. Do not attempt to
|
---|
3505 | * read more than the previous reads marked as valid.
|
---|
3506 | * Otherwise this would return stale data when different
|
---|
3507 | * block sizes are used for the images. */
|
---|
3508 | for (PVDIMAGE pCurrImage = pImageTo->pPrev;
|
---|
3509 | pCurrImage != NULL && pCurrImage != pImageFrom->pPrev && rc == VERR_VD_BLOCK_FREE;
|
---|
3510 | pCurrImage = pCurrImage->pPrev)
|
---|
3511 | {
|
---|
3512 | rc = pCurrImage->Backend->pfnRead(pCurrImage->pvBackendData,
|
---|
3513 | uOffset, pvBuf,
|
---|
3514 | cbThisRead,
|
---|
3515 | &cbThisRead);
|
---|
3516 | }
|
---|
3517 |
|
---|
3518 | if (rc != VERR_VD_BLOCK_FREE)
|
---|
3519 | {
|
---|
3520 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
3521 | break;
|
---|
3522 | rc = vdWriteHelper(pDisk, pImageTo, pImageFrom->pPrev,
|
---|
3523 | uOffset, pvBuf,
|
---|
3524 | cbThisRead);
|
---|
3525 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
3526 | break;
|
---|
3527 | }
|
---|
3528 | else
|
---|
3529 | rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
3530 | }
|
---|
3531 | else if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
3532 | break;
|
---|
3533 |
|
---|
3534 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
3535 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
3536 | fLockWrite = false;
|
---|
3537 |
|
---|
3538 | uOffset += cbThisRead;
|
---|
3539 | cbRemaining -= cbThisRead;
|
---|
3540 |
|
---|
3541 | if (pCbProgress && pCbProgress->pfnProgress)
|
---|
3542 | {
|
---|
3543 | /** @todo r=klaus: this can update the progress to the same
|
---|
3544 | * percentage over and over again if the image format makes
|
---|
3545 | * relatively small increments. */
|
---|
3546 | rc = pCbProgress->pfnProgress(pIfProgress->pvUser,
|
---|
3547 | uOffset * 99 / cbSize);
|
---|
3548 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
3549 | break;
|
---|
3550 | }
|
---|
3551 | } while (uOffset < cbSize);
|
---|
3552 | }
|
---|
3553 | else
|
---|
3554 | {
|
---|
3555 | /*
|
---|
3556 | * We may need to update the parent uuid of the child coming after the
|
---|
3557 | * last image to be merged. We have to reopen it read/write.
|
---|
3558 | *
|
---|
3559 | * This is done before we do the actual merge to prevent an incosistent
|
---|
3560 | * chain if the mode change fails for some reason.
|
---|
3561 | */
|
---|
3562 | if (pImageFrom->pNext)
|
---|
3563 | {
|
---|
3564 | PVDIMAGE pImageChild = pImageFrom->pNext;
|
---|
3565 |
|
---|
3566 | /* We need to open the image in read/write mode. */
|
---|
3567 | uOpenFlags = pImageChild->Backend->pfnGetOpenFlags(pImageChild->pvBackendData);
|
---|
3568 |
|
---|
3569 | if (uOpenFlags & VD_OPEN_FLAGS_READONLY)
|
---|
3570 | {
|
---|
3571 | uOpenFlags &= ~VD_OPEN_FLAGS_READONLY;
|
---|
3572 | rc = pImageChild->Backend->pfnSetOpenFlags(pImageChild->pvBackendData,
|
---|
3573 | uOpenFlags);
|
---|
3574 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
3575 | break;
|
---|
3576 | }
|
---|
3577 | }
|
---|
3578 |
|
---|
3579 | /* Merge child state into parent. This means writing all blocks
|
---|
3580 | * which are allocated in the image up to the source image to the
|
---|
3581 | * destination image. */
|
---|
3582 | uint64_t uOffset = 0;
|
---|
3583 | uint64_t cbRemaining = cbSize;
|
---|
3584 | do
|
---|
3585 | {
|
---|
3586 | size_t cbThisRead = RT_MIN(VD_MERGE_BUFFER_SIZE, cbRemaining);
|
---|
3587 | rc = VERR_VD_BLOCK_FREE;
|
---|
3588 |
|
---|
3589 | /* Need to hold the write lock during a read-write operation. */
|
---|
3590 | rc2 = vdThreadStartWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
3591 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
3592 | fLockWrite = true;
|
---|
3593 |
|
---|
3594 | /* Search for image with allocated block. Do not attempt to
|
---|
3595 | * read more than the previous reads marked as valid. Otherwise
|
---|
3596 | * this would return stale data when different block sizes are
|
---|
3597 | * used for the images. */
|
---|
3598 | for (PVDIMAGE pCurrImage = pImageFrom;
|
---|
3599 | pCurrImage != NULL && pCurrImage != pImageTo && rc == VERR_VD_BLOCK_FREE;
|
---|
3600 | pCurrImage = pCurrImage->pPrev)
|
---|
3601 | {
|
---|
3602 | rc = pCurrImage->Backend->pfnRead(pCurrImage->pvBackendData,
|
---|
3603 | uOffset, pvBuf,
|
---|
3604 | cbThisRead, &cbThisRead);
|
---|
3605 | }
|
---|
3606 |
|
---|
3607 | if (rc != VERR_VD_BLOCK_FREE)
|
---|
3608 | {
|
---|
3609 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
3610 | break;
|
---|
3611 | rc = vdWriteHelper(pDisk, pImageTo, NULL, uOffset, pvBuf,
|
---|
3612 | cbThisRead);
|
---|
3613 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
3614 | break;
|
---|
3615 | }
|
---|
3616 | else
|
---|
3617 | rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
3618 |
|
---|
3619 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
3620 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
3621 | fLockWrite = true;
|
---|
3622 |
|
---|
3623 | uOffset += cbThisRead;
|
---|
3624 | cbRemaining -= cbThisRead;
|
---|
3625 |
|
---|
3626 | if (pCbProgress && pCbProgress->pfnProgress)
|
---|
3627 | {
|
---|
3628 | /** @todo r=klaus: this can update the progress to the same
|
---|
3629 | * percentage over and over again if the image format makes
|
---|
3630 | * relatively small increments. */
|
---|
3631 | rc = pCbProgress->pfnProgress(pIfProgress->pvUser,
|
---|
3632 | uOffset * 99 / cbSize);
|
---|
3633 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
3634 | break;
|
---|
3635 | }
|
---|
3636 | } while (uOffset < cbSize);
|
---|
3637 | }
|
---|
3638 |
|
---|
3639 | /* Need to hold the write lock while finishing the merge. */
|
---|
3640 | rc2 = vdThreadStartWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
3641 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
3642 | fLockWrite = true;
|
---|
3643 |
|
---|
3644 | /* Update parent UUID so that image chain is consistent. */
|
---|
3645 | RTUUID Uuid;
|
---|
3646 | PVDIMAGE pImageChild = NULL;
|
---|
3647 | if (nImageFrom < nImageTo)
|
---|
3648 | {
|
---|
3649 | if (pImageFrom->pPrev)
|
---|
3650 | {
|
---|
3651 | rc = pImageFrom->pPrev->Backend->pfnGetUuid(pImageFrom->pPrev->pvBackendData,
|
---|
3652 | &Uuid);
|
---|
3653 | AssertRC(rc);
|
---|
3654 | }
|
---|
3655 | else
|
---|
3656 | RTUuidClear(&Uuid);
|
---|
3657 | rc = pImageTo->Backend->pfnSetParentUuid(pImageTo->pvBackendData,
|
---|
3658 | &Uuid);
|
---|
3659 | AssertRC(rc);
|
---|
3660 | }
|
---|
3661 | else
|
---|
3662 | {
|
---|
3663 | /* Update the parent uuid of the child of the last merged image. */
|
---|
3664 | if (pImageFrom->pNext)
|
---|
3665 | {
|
---|
3666 | rc = pImageTo->Backend->pfnGetUuid(pImageTo->pvBackendData,
|
---|
3667 | &Uuid);
|
---|
3668 | AssertRC(rc);
|
---|
3669 |
|
---|
3670 | rc = pImageFrom->Backend->pfnSetParentUuid(pImageFrom->pNext->pvBackendData,
|
---|
3671 | &Uuid);
|
---|
3672 | AssertRC(rc);
|
---|
3673 |
|
---|
3674 | pImageChild = pImageFrom->pNext;
|
---|
3675 | }
|
---|
3676 | }
|
---|
3677 |
|
---|
3678 | /* Delete the no longer needed images. */
|
---|
3679 | PVDIMAGE pImg = pImageFrom, pTmp;
|
---|
3680 | while (pImg != pImageTo)
|
---|
3681 | {
|
---|
3682 | if (nImageFrom < nImageTo)
|
---|
3683 | pTmp = pImg->pNext;
|
---|
3684 | else
|
---|
3685 | pTmp = pImg->pPrev;
|
---|
3686 | vdRemoveImageFromList(pDisk, pImg);
|
---|
3687 | pImg->Backend->pfnClose(pImg->pvBackendData, true);
|
---|
3688 | RTMemFree(pImg->pszFilename);
|
---|
3689 | RTMemFree(pImg);
|
---|
3690 | pImg = pTmp;
|
---|
3691 | }
|
---|
3692 |
|
---|
3693 | /* Make sure destination image is back to read only if necessary. */
|
---|
3694 | if (pImageTo != pDisk->pLast)
|
---|
3695 | {
|
---|
3696 | uOpenFlags = pImageTo->Backend->pfnGetOpenFlags(pImageTo->pvBackendData);
|
---|
3697 | uOpenFlags |= VD_OPEN_FLAGS_READONLY;
|
---|
3698 | rc = pImageTo->Backend->pfnSetOpenFlags(pImageTo->pvBackendData,
|
---|
3699 | uOpenFlags);
|
---|
3700 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
3701 | break;
|
---|
3702 | }
|
---|
3703 |
|
---|
3704 | /*
|
---|
3705 | * Make sure the child is readonly
|
---|
3706 | * for the child -> parent merge direction
|
---|
3707 | * if neccessary.
|
---|
3708 | */
|
---|
3709 | if ( nImageFrom > nImageTo
|
---|
3710 | && pImageChild
|
---|
3711 | && pImageChild != pDisk->pLast)
|
---|
3712 | {
|
---|
3713 | uOpenFlags = pImageChild->Backend->pfnGetOpenFlags(pImageChild->pvBackendData);
|
---|
3714 | uOpenFlags |= VD_OPEN_FLAGS_READONLY;
|
---|
3715 | rc = pImageChild->Backend->pfnSetOpenFlags(pImageChild->pvBackendData,
|
---|
3716 | uOpenFlags);
|
---|
3717 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
3718 | break;
|
---|
3719 | }
|
---|
3720 | } while (0);
|
---|
3721 |
|
---|
3722 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockWrite))
|
---|
3723 | {
|
---|
3724 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
3725 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
3726 | }
|
---|
3727 | else if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockRead))
|
---|
3728 | {
|
---|
3729 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishRead(pDisk);
|
---|
3730 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
3731 | }
|
---|
3732 |
|
---|
3733 | if (pvBuf)
|
---|
3734 | RTMemTmpFree(pvBuf);
|
---|
3735 |
|
---|
3736 | if (RT_SUCCESS(rc) && pCbProgress && pCbProgress->pfnProgress)
|
---|
3737 | pCbProgress->pfnProgress(pIfProgress->pvUser, 100);
|
---|
3738 |
|
---|
3739 | LogFlowFunc(("returns %Rrc\n", rc));
|
---|
3740 | return rc;
|
---|
3741 | }
|
---|
3742 |
|
---|
3743 | /**
|
---|
3744 | * Copies an image from one HDD container to another.
|
---|
3745 | * The copy is opened in the target HDD container.
|
---|
3746 | * It is possible to convert between different image formats, because the
|
---|
3747 | * backend for the destination may be different from the source.
|
---|
3748 | * If both the source and destination reference the same HDD container,
|
---|
3749 | * then the image is moved (by copying/deleting or renaming) to the new location.
|
---|
3750 | * The source container is unchanged if the move operation fails, otherwise
|
---|
3751 | * the image at the new location is opened in the same way as the old one was.
|
---|
3752 | *
|
---|
3753 | * @returns VBox status code.
|
---|
3754 | * @returns VERR_VD_IMAGE_NOT_FOUND if image with specified number was not opened.
|
---|
3755 | * @param pDiskFrom Pointer to source HDD container.
|
---|
3756 | * @param nImage Image number, counts from 0. 0 is always base image of container.
|
---|
3757 | * @param pDiskTo Pointer to destination HDD container.
|
---|
3758 | * @param pszBackend Name of the image file backend to use.
|
---|
3759 | * @param pszFilename New name of the image (may be NULL if pDiskFrom == pDiskTo).
|
---|
3760 | * @param fMoveByRename If true, attempt to perform a move by renaming (if successful the new size is ignored).
|
---|
3761 | * @param cbSize New image size (0 means leave unchanged).
|
---|
3762 | * @param uImageFlags Flags specifying special destination image features.
|
---|
3763 | * @param pDstUuid New UUID of the destination image. If NULL, a new UUID is created.
|
---|
3764 | * This parameter is used if and only if a true copy is created.
|
---|
3765 | * In all rename/move cases the UUIDs are copied over.
|
---|
3766 | * @param pVDIfsOperation Pointer to the per-operation VD interface list.
|
---|
3767 | * @param pDstVDIfsImage Pointer to the per-image VD interface list, for the
|
---|
3768 | * destination image.
|
---|
3769 | * @param pDstVDIfsOperation Pointer to the per-image VD interface list,
|
---|
3770 | * for the destination image.
|
---|
3771 | */
|
---|
3772 | VBOXDDU_DECL(int) VDCopy(PVBOXHDD pDiskFrom, unsigned nImage, PVBOXHDD pDiskTo,
|
---|
3773 | const char *pszBackend, const char *pszFilename,
|
---|
3774 | bool fMoveByRename, uint64_t cbSize,
|
---|
3775 | unsigned uImageFlags, PCRTUUID pDstUuid,
|
---|
3776 | PVDINTERFACE pVDIfsOperation,
|
---|
3777 | PVDINTERFACE pDstVDIfsImage,
|
---|
3778 | PVDINTERFACE pDstVDIfsOperation)
|
---|
3779 | {
|
---|
3780 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
3781 | int rc2;
|
---|
3782 | bool fLockReadFrom = false, fLockWriteFrom = false, fLockWriteTo = false;
|
---|
3783 | void *pvBuf = NULL;
|
---|
3784 | PVDIMAGE pImageTo = NULL;
|
---|
3785 |
|
---|
3786 | LogFlowFunc(("pDiskFrom=%#p nImage=%u pDiskTo=%#p pszBackend=\"%s\" pszFilename=\"%s\" fMoveByRename=%d cbSize=%llu pVDIfsOperation=%#p pDstVDIfsImage=%#p pDstVDIfsOperation=%#p\n",
|
---|
3787 | pDiskFrom, nImage, pDiskTo, pszBackend, pszFilename, fMoveByRename, cbSize, pVDIfsOperation, pDstVDIfsImage, pDstVDIfsOperation));
|
---|
3788 |
|
---|
3789 | PVDINTERFACE pIfProgress = VDInterfaceGet(pVDIfsOperation,
|
---|
3790 | VDINTERFACETYPE_PROGRESS);
|
---|
3791 | PVDINTERFACEPROGRESS pCbProgress = NULL;
|
---|
3792 | if (pIfProgress)
|
---|
3793 | pCbProgress = VDGetInterfaceProgress(pIfProgress);
|
---|
3794 |
|
---|
3795 | PVDINTERFACE pDstIfProgress = VDInterfaceGet(pDstVDIfsOperation,
|
---|
3796 | VDINTERFACETYPE_PROGRESS);
|
---|
3797 | PVDINTERFACEPROGRESS pDstCbProgress = NULL;
|
---|
3798 | if (pDstIfProgress)
|
---|
3799 | pDstCbProgress = VDGetInterfaceProgress(pDstIfProgress);
|
---|
3800 |
|
---|
3801 | do {
|
---|
3802 | /* Check arguments. */
|
---|
3803 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(VALID_PTR(pDiskFrom), ("pDiskFrom=%#p\n", pDiskFrom),
|
---|
3804 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
3805 | AssertMsg(pDiskFrom->u32Signature == VBOXHDDDISK_SIGNATURE,
|
---|
3806 | ("u32Signature=%08x\n", pDiskFrom->u32Signature));
|
---|
3807 |
|
---|
3808 | rc2 = vdThreadStartRead(pDiskFrom);
|
---|
3809 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
3810 | fLockReadFrom = true;
|
---|
3811 | PVDIMAGE pImageFrom = vdGetImageByNumber(pDiskFrom, nImage);
|
---|
3812 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pImageFrom, rc = VERR_VD_IMAGE_NOT_FOUND);
|
---|
3813 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(VALID_PTR(pDiskTo), ("pDiskTo=%#p\n", pDiskTo),
|
---|
3814 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
3815 | AssertMsg(pDiskTo->u32Signature == VBOXHDDDISK_SIGNATURE,
|
---|
3816 | ("u32Signature=%08x\n", pDiskTo->u32Signature));
|
---|
3817 |
|
---|
3818 | /* Move the image. */
|
---|
3819 | if (pDiskFrom == pDiskTo)
|
---|
3820 | {
|
---|
3821 | /* Rename only works when backends are the same. */
|
---|
3822 | if ( fMoveByRename
|
---|
3823 | && !RTStrICmp(pszBackend, pImageFrom->Backend->pszBackendName))
|
---|
3824 | {
|
---|
3825 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishRead(pDiskFrom);
|
---|
3826 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
3827 | fLockReadFrom = false;
|
---|
3828 |
|
---|
3829 | rc2 = vdThreadStartWrite(pDiskFrom);
|
---|
3830 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
3831 | fLockWriteFrom = true;
|
---|
3832 | rc = pImageFrom->Backend->pfnRename(pImageFrom->pvBackendData, pszFilename ? pszFilename : pImageFrom->pszFilename);
|
---|
3833 | break;
|
---|
3834 | }
|
---|
3835 |
|
---|
3836 | /** @todo Moving (including shrinking/growing) of the image is
|
---|
3837 | * requested, but the rename attempt failed or it wasn't possible.
|
---|
3838 | * Must now copy image to temp location. */
|
---|
3839 | AssertReleaseMsgFailed(("VDCopy: moving by copy/delete not implemented\n"));
|
---|
3840 | }
|
---|
3841 |
|
---|
3842 | /* pszFilename is allowed to be NULL, as this indicates copy to the existing image. */
|
---|
3843 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(pszFilename == NULL || (VALID_PTR(pszFilename) && *pszFilename),
|
---|
3844 | ("pszFilename=%#p \"%s\"\n", pszFilename, pszFilename),
|
---|
3845 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
3846 |
|
---|
3847 | uint64_t cbSizeFrom;
|
---|
3848 | cbSizeFrom = pImageFrom->Backend->pfnGetSize(pImageFrom->pvBackendData);
|
---|
3849 | if (cbSizeFrom == 0)
|
---|
3850 | {
|
---|
3851 | rc = VERR_VD_VALUE_NOT_FOUND;
|
---|
3852 | break;
|
---|
3853 | }
|
---|
3854 |
|
---|
3855 | PDMMEDIAGEOMETRY PCHSGeometryFrom = {0, 0, 0};
|
---|
3856 | PDMMEDIAGEOMETRY LCHSGeometryFrom = {0, 0, 0};
|
---|
3857 | pImageFrom->Backend->pfnGetPCHSGeometry(pImageFrom->pvBackendData, &PCHSGeometryFrom);
|
---|
3858 | pImageFrom->Backend->pfnGetLCHSGeometry(pImageFrom->pvBackendData, &LCHSGeometryFrom);
|
---|
3859 |
|
---|
3860 | RTUUID ImageUuid, ImageModificationUuid;
|
---|
3861 | RTUUID ParentUuid, ParentModificationUuid;
|
---|
3862 | if (pDiskFrom != pDiskTo)
|
---|
3863 | {
|
---|
3864 | if (pDstUuid)
|
---|
3865 | ImageUuid = *pDstUuid;
|
---|
3866 | else
|
---|
3867 | RTUuidCreate(&ImageUuid);
|
---|
3868 | }
|
---|
3869 | else
|
---|
3870 | {
|
---|
3871 | rc = pImageFrom->Backend->pfnGetUuid(pImageFrom->pvBackendData, &ImageUuid);
|
---|
3872 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
3873 | RTUuidCreate(&ImageUuid);
|
---|
3874 | }
|
---|
3875 | rc = pImageFrom->Backend->pfnGetModificationUuid(pImageFrom->pvBackendData, &ImageModificationUuid);
|
---|
3876 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
3877 | RTUuidClear(&ImageModificationUuid);
|
---|
3878 | rc = pImageFrom->Backend->pfnGetParentUuid(pImageFrom->pvBackendData, &ParentUuid);
|
---|
3879 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
3880 | RTUuidClear(&ParentUuid);
|
---|
3881 | rc = pImageFrom->Backend->pfnGetParentModificationUuid(pImageFrom->pvBackendData, &ParentModificationUuid);
|
---|
3882 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
3883 | RTUuidClear(&ParentModificationUuid);
|
---|
3884 |
|
---|
3885 | char szComment[1024];
|
---|
3886 | rc = pImageFrom->Backend->pfnGetComment(pImageFrom->pvBackendData, szComment, sizeof(szComment));
|
---|
3887 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
3888 | szComment[0] = '\0';
|
---|
3889 | else
|
---|
3890 | szComment[sizeof(szComment) - 1] = '\0';
|
---|
3891 |
|
---|
3892 | unsigned uOpenFlagsFrom;
|
---|
3893 | uOpenFlagsFrom = pImageFrom->Backend->pfnGetOpenFlags(pImageFrom->pvBackendData);
|
---|
3894 |
|
---|
3895 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishRead(pDiskFrom);
|
---|
3896 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
3897 | fLockReadFrom = false;
|
---|
3898 |
|
---|
3899 | if (pszFilename)
|
---|
3900 | {
|
---|
3901 | if (cbSize == 0)
|
---|
3902 | cbSize = cbSizeFrom;
|
---|
3903 |
|
---|
3904 | /* Create destination image with the properties of the source image. */
|
---|
3905 | /** @todo replace the VDCreateDiff/VDCreateBase calls by direct
|
---|
3906 | * calls to the backend. Unifies the code and reduces the API
|
---|
3907 | * dependencies. Would also make the synchronization explicit. */
|
---|
3908 | if (uImageFlags & VD_IMAGE_FLAGS_DIFF)
|
---|
3909 | {
|
---|
3910 | rc = VDCreateDiff(pDiskTo, pszBackend, pszFilename, uImageFlags,
|
---|
3911 | szComment, &ImageUuid, &ParentUuid, uOpenFlagsFrom & ~VD_OPEN_FLAGS_READONLY, NULL, NULL);
|
---|
3912 |
|
---|
3913 | rc2 = vdThreadStartWrite(pDiskTo);
|
---|
3914 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
3915 | fLockWriteTo = true;
|
---|
3916 | } else {
|
---|
3917 | /** @todo hack to force creation of a fixed image for
|
---|
3918 | * the RAW backend, which can't handle anything else. */
|
---|
3919 | if (!RTStrICmp(pszBackend, "RAW"))
|
---|
3920 | uImageFlags |= VD_IMAGE_FLAGS_FIXED;
|
---|
3921 |
|
---|
3922 | /* Fix broken PCHS geometry. Can happen for two reasons: either
|
---|
3923 | * the backend mixes up PCHS and LCHS, or the application used
|
---|
3924 | * to create the source image has put garbage in it. */
|
---|
3925 | /** @todo double-check if the VHD backend correctly handles
|
---|
3926 | * PCHS and LCHS geometry. also reconsider our current paranoia
|
---|
3927 | * level when it comes to geometry settings here and in the
|
---|
3928 | * backends. */
|
---|
3929 | if (PCHSGeometryFrom.cHeads > 16 || PCHSGeometryFrom.cSectors > 63)
|
---|
3930 | {
|
---|
3931 | Assert(RT_MIN(cbSize / 512 / 16 / 63, 16383) - (uint32_t)RT_MIN(cbSize / 512 / 16 / 63, 16383));
|
---|
3932 | PCHSGeometryFrom.cCylinders = (uint32_t)RT_MIN(cbSize / 512 / 16 / 63, 16383);
|
---|
3933 | PCHSGeometryFrom.cHeads = 16;
|
---|
3934 | PCHSGeometryFrom.cSectors = 63;
|
---|
3935 | }
|
---|
3936 |
|
---|
3937 | rc = VDCreateBase(pDiskTo, pszBackend, pszFilename, cbSize,
|
---|
3938 | uImageFlags, szComment,
|
---|
3939 | &PCHSGeometryFrom, &LCHSGeometryFrom,
|
---|
3940 | NULL, uOpenFlagsFrom & ~VD_OPEN_FLAGS_READONLY, NULL, NULL);
|
---|
3941 |
|
---|
3942 | rc2 = vdThreadStartWrite(pDiskTo);
|
---|
3943 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
3944 | fLockWriteTo = true;
|
---|
3945 |
|
---|
3946 | if (RT_SUCCESS(rc) && !RTUuidIsNull(&ImageUuid))
|
---|
3947 | pDiskTo->pLast->Backend->pfnSetUuid(pDiskTo->pLast->pvBackendData, &ImageUuid);
|
---|
3948 | if (RT_SUCCESS(rc) && !RTUuidIsNull(&ParentUuid))
|
---|
3949 | pDiskTo->pLast->Backend->pfnSetParentUuid(pDiskTo->pLast->pvBackendData, &ParentUuid);
|
---|
3950 | }
|
---|
3951 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
3952 | break;
|
---|
3953 |
|
---|
3954 | pImageTo = pDiskTo->pLast;
|
---|
3955 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pImageTo, rc = VERR_VD_IMAGE_NOT_FOUND);
|
---|
3956 |
|
---|
3957 | cbSize = RT_MIN(cbSize, cbSizeFrom);
|
---|
3958 | }
|
---|
3959 | else
|
---|
3960 | {
|
---|
3961 | pImageTo = pDiskTo->pLast;
|
---|
3962 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pImageTo, rc = VERR_VD_IMAGE_NOT_FOUND);
|
---|
3963 |
|
---|
3964 | uint64_t cbSizeTo;
|
---|
3965 | cbSizeTo = pImageTo->Backend->pfnGetSize(pImageTo->pvBackendData);
|
---|
3966 | if (cbSizeTo == 0)
|
---|
3967 | {
|
---|
3968 | rc = VERR_VD_VALUE_NOT_FOUND;
|
---|
3969 | break;
|
---|
3970 | }
|
---|
3971 |
|
---|
3972 | if (cbSize == 0)
|
---|
3973 | cbSize = RT_MIN(cbSizeFrom, cbSizeTo);
|
---|
3974 | }
|
---|
3975 |
|
---|
3976 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishWrite(pDiskTo);
|
---|
3977 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
3978 | fLockWriteTo = false;
|
---|
3979 |
|
---|
3980 | /* Allocate tmp buffer. */
|
---|
3981 | pvBuf = RTMemTmpAlloc(VD_MERGE_BUFFER_SIZE);
|
---|
3982 | if (!pvBuf)
|
---|
3983 | {
|
---|
3984 | rc = VERR_NO_MEMORY;
|
---|
3985 | break;
|
---|
3986 | }
|
---|
3987 |
|
---|
3988 | /* Copy the data. */
|
---|
3989 | uint64_t uOffset = 0;
|
---|
3990 | uint64_t cbRemaining = cbSize;
|
---|
3991 |
|
---|
3992 | do
|
---|
3993 | {
|
---|
3994 | size_t cbThisRead = RT_MIN(VD_MERGE_BUFFER_SIZE, cbRemaining);
|
---|
3995 |
|
---|
3996 | /* Note that we don't attempt to synchronize cross-disk accesses.
|
---|
3997 | * It wouldn't be very difficult to do, just the lock order would
|
---|
3998 | * need to be defined somehow to prevent deadlocks. Postpone such
|
---|
3999 | * magic as there is no use case for this. */
|
---|
4000 |
|
---|
4001 | rc2 = vdThreadStartRead(pDiskFrom);
|
---|
4002 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
4003 | fLockReadFrom = true;
|
---|
4004 |
|
---|
4005 | rc = vdReadHelper(pDiskFrom, pImageFrom, NULL, uOffset, pvBuf,
|
---|
4006 | cbThisRead);
|
---|
4007 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
4008 | break;
|
---|
4009 |
|
---|
4010 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishRead(pDiskFrom);
|
---|
4011 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
4012 | fLockReadFrom = false;
|
---|
4013 |
|
---|
4014 | rc2 = vdThreadStartWrite(pDiskTo);
|
---|
4015 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
4016 | fLockWriteTo = true;
|
---|
4017 |
|
---|
4018 | rc = vdWriteHelper(pDiskTo, pImageTo, NULL, uOffset, pvBuf,
|
---|
4019 | cbThisRead);
|
---|
4020 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
4021 | break;
|
---|
4022 |
|
---|
4023 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishWrite(pDiskTo);
|
---|
4024 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
4025 | fLockWriteTo = false;
|
---|
4026 |
|
---|
4027 | uOffset += cbThisRead;
|
---|
4028 | cbRemaining -= cbThisRead;
|
---|
4029 |
|
---|
4030 | if (pCbProgress && pCbProgress->pfnProgress)
|
---|
4031 | {
|
---|
4032 | /** @todo r=klaus: this can update the progress to the same
|
---|
4033 | * percentage over and over again if the image format makes
|
---|
4034 | * relatively small increments. */
|
---|
4035 | rc = pCbProgress->pfnProgress(pIfProgress->pvUser,
|
---|
4036 | uOffset * 99 / cbSize);
|
---|
4037 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
4038 | break;
|
---|
4039 | }
|
---|
4040 | if (pDstCbProgress && pDstCbProgress->pfnProgress)
|
---|
4041 | {
|
---|
4042 | /** @todo r=klaus: this can update the progress to the same
|
---|
4043 | * percentage over and over again if the image format makes
|
---|
4044 | * relatively small increments. */
|
---|
4045 | rc = pDstCbProgress->pfnProgress(pDstIfProgress->pvUser,
|
---|
4046 | uOffset * 99 / cbSize);
|
---|
4047 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
4048 | break;
|
---|
4049 | }
|
---|
4050 | } while (uOffset < cbSize);
|
---|
4051 |
|
---|
4052 | if (RT_SUCCESS(rc))
|
---|
4053 | {
|
---|
4054 | rc2 = vdThreadStartWrite(pDiskTo);
|
---|
4055 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
4056 | fLockWriteTo = true;
|
---|
4057 |
|
---|
4058 | /* Only set modification UUID if it is non-null, since the source
|
---|
4059 | * backend might not provide a valid modification UUID. */
|
---|
4060 | if (!RTUuidIsNull(&ImageModificationUuid))
|
---|
4061 | pImageTo->Backend->pfnSetModificationUuid(pImageTo->pvBackendData, &ImageModificationUuid);
|
---|
4062 | /** @todo double-check this - it makes little sense to copy over the parent modification uuid,
|
---|
4063 | * as the destination image can have a totally different parent. */
|
---|
4064 | #if 0
|
---|
4065 | pImageTo->Backend->pfnSetParentModificationUuid(pImageTo->pvBackendData, &ParentModificationUuid);
|
---|
4066 | #endif
|
---|
4067 | }
|
---|
4068 | } while (0);
|
---|
4069 |
|
---|
4070 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc) && pImageTo && pszFilename)
|
---|
4071 | {
|
---|
4072 | /* Take the write lock only if it is not taken. Not worth making the
|
---|
4073 | * above code even more complicated. */
|
---|
4074 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(!fLockWriteTo))
|
---|
4075 | {
|
---|
4076 | rc2 = vdThreadStartWrite(pDiskTo);
|
---|
4077 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
4078 | fLockWriteTo = true;
|
---|
4079 | }
|
---|
4080 | /* Error detected, but new image created. Remove image from list. */
|
---|
4081 | vdRemoveImageFromList(pDiskTo, pImageTo);
|
---|
4082 |
|
---|
4083 | /* Close and delete image. */
|
---|
4084 | rc2 = pImageTo->Backend->pfnClose(pImageTo->pvBackendData, true);
|
---|
4085 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
4086 | pImageTo->pvBackendData = NULL;
|
---|
4087 |
|
---|
4088 | /* Free remaining resources. */
|
---|
4089 | if (pImageTo->pszFilename)
|
---|
4090 | RTStrFree(pImageTo->pszFilename);
|
---|
4091 |
|
---|
4092 | RTMemFree(pImageTo);
|
---|
4093 | }
|
---|
4094 |
|
---|
4095 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockWriteTo))
|
---|
4096 | {
|
---|
4097 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishWrite(pDiskTo);
|
---|
4098 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
4099 | }
|
---|
4100 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockWriteFrom))
|
---|
4101 | {
|
---|
4102 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishWrite(pDiskFrom);
|
---|
4103 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
4104 | }
|
---|
4105 | else if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockReadFrom))
|
---|
4106 | {
|
---|
4107 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishRead(pDiskFrom);
|
---|
4108 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
4109 | }
|
---|
4110 |
|
---|
4111 | if (pvBuf)
|
---|
4112 | RTMemTmpFree(pvBuf);
|
---|
4113 |
|
---|
4114 | if (RT_SUCCESS(rc))
|
---|
4115 | {
|
---|
4116 | if (pCbProgress && pCbProgress->pfnProgress)
|
---|
4117 | pCbProgress->pfnProgress(pIfProgress->pvUser, 100);
|
---|
4118 | if (pDstCbProgress && pDstCbProgress->pfnProgress)
|
---|
4119 | pDstCbProgress->pfnProgress(pDstIfProgress->pvUser, 100);
|
---|
4120 | }
|
---|
4121 |
|
---|
4122 | LogFlowFunc(("returns %Rrc\n", rc));
|
---|
4123 | return rc;
|
---|
4124 | }
|
---|
4125 |
|
---|
4126 | /**
|
---|
4127 | * Optimizes the storage consumption of an image. Typically the unused blocks
|
---|
4128 | * have to be wiped with zeroes to achieve a substantial reduced storage use.
|
---|
4129 | * Another optimization done is reordering the image blocks, which can provide
|
---|
4130 | * a significant performance boost, as reads and writes tend to use less random
|
---|
4131 | * file offsets.
|
---|
4132 | *
|
---|
4133 | * @return VBox status code.
|
---|
4134 | * @return VERR_VD_IMAGE_NOT_FOUND if image with specified number was not opened.
|
---|
4135 | * @return VERR_VD_IMAGE_READ_ONLY if image is not writable.
|
---|
4136 | * @return VERR_NOT_SUPPORTED if this kind of image can be compacted, but
|
---|
4137 | * the code for this isn't implemented yet.
|
---|
4138 | * @param pDisk Pointer to HDD container.
|
---|
4139 | * @param nImage Image number, counts from 0. 0 is always base image of container.
|
---|
4140 | * @param pVDIfsOperation Pointer to the per-operation VD interface list.
|
---|
4141 | */
|
---|
4142 | VBOXDDU_DECL(int) VDCompact(PVBOXHDD pDisk, unsigned nImage,
|
---|
4143 | PVDINTERFACE pVDIfsOperation)
|
---|
4144 | {
|
---|
4145 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
4146 | int rc2;
|
---|
4147 | bool fLockRead = false, fLockWrite = false;
|
---|
4148 | void *pvBuf = NULL;
|
---|
4149 | void *pvTmp = NULL;
|
---|
4150 |
|
---|
4151 | LogFlowFunc(("pDisk=%#p nImage=%u pVDIfsOperation=%#p\n",
|
---|
4152 | pDisk, nImage, pVDIfsOperation));
|
---|
4153 |
|
---|
4154 | PVDINTERFACE pIfProgress = VDInterfaceGet(pVDIfsOperation,
|
---|
4155 | VDINTERFACETYPE_PROGRESS);
|
---|
4156 | PVDINTERFACEPROGRESS pCbProgress = NULL;
|
---|
4157 | if (pIfProgress)
|
---|
4158 | pCbProgress = VDGetInterfaceProgress(pIfProgress);
|
---|
4159 |
|
---|
4160 | do {
|
---|
4161 | /* Check arguments. */
|
---|
4162 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(VALID_PTR(pDisk), ("pDisk=%#p\n", pDisk),
|
---|
4163 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
4164 | AssertMsg(pDisk->u32Signature == VBOXHDDDISK_SIGNATURE,
|
---|
4165 | ("u32Signature=%08x\n", pDisk->u32Signature));
|
---|
4166 |
|
---|
4167 | rc2 = vdThreadStartRead(pDisk);
|
---|
4168 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
4169 | fLockRead = true;
|
---|
4170 |
|
---|
4171 | PVDIMAGE pImage = vdGetImageByNumber(pDisk, nImage);
|
---|
4172 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pImage, rc = VERR_VD_IMAGE_NOT_FOUND);
|
---|
4173 |
|
---|
4174 | /* If there is no compact callback for not file based backends then
|
---|
4175 | * the backend doesn't need compaction. No need to make much fuss about
|
---|
4176 | * this. For file based ones signal this as not yet supported. */
|
---|
4177 | if (!pImage->Backend->pfnCompact)
|
---|
4178 | {
|
---|
4179 | if (pImage->Backend->uBackendCaps & VD_CAP_FILE)
|
---|
4180 | rc = VERR_NOT_SUPPORTED;
|
---|
4181 | else
|
---|
4182 | rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
4183 | break;
|
---|
4184 | }
|
---|
4185 |
|
---|
4186 | /* Insert interface for reading parent state into per-operation list,
|
---|
4187 | * if there is a parent image. */
|
---|
4188 | VDINTERFACE IfOpParent;
|
---|
4189 | VDINTERFACEPARENTSTATE ParentCb;
|
---|
4190 | VDPARENTSTATEDESC ParentUser;
|
---|
4191 | if (pImage->pPrev)
|
---|
4192 | {
|
---|
4193 | ParentCb.cbSize = sizeof(ParentCb);
|
---|
4194 | ParentCb.enmInterface = VDINTERFACETYPE_PARENTSTATE;
|
---|
4195 | ParentCb.pfnParentRead = vdParentRead;
|
---|
4196 | ParentUser.pDisk = pDisk;
|
---|
4197 | ParentUser.pImage = pImage->pPrev;
|
---|
4198 | rc = VDInterfaceAdd(&IfOpParent, "VDCompact_ParentState", VDINTERFACETYPE_PARENTSTATE,
|
---|
4199 | &ParentCb, &ParentUser, &pVDIfsOperation);
|
---|
4200 | AssertRC(rc);
|
---|
4201 | }
|
---|
4202 |
|
---|
4203 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishRead(pDisk);
|
---|
4204 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
4205 | fLockRead = false;
|
---|
4206 |
|
---|
4207 | rc2 = vdThreadStartWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
4208 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
4209 | fLockWrite = true;
|
---|
4210 |
|
---|
4211 | rc = pImage->Backend->pfnCompact(pImage->pvBackendData,
|
---|
4212 | 0, 99,
|
---|
4213 | pDisk->pVDIfsDisk,
|
---|
4214 | pImage->pVDIfsImage,
|
---|
4215 | pVDIfsOperation);
|
---|
4216 | } while (0);
|
---|
4217 |
|
---|
4218 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockWrite))
|
---|
4219 | {
|
---|
4220 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
4221 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
4222 | }
|
---|
4223 | else if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockRead))
|
---|
4224 | {
|
---|
4225 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishRead(pDisk);
|
---|
4226 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
4227 | }
|
---|
4228 |
|
---|
4229 | if (pvBuf)
|
---|
4230 | RTMemTmpFree(pvBuf);
|
---|
4231 | if (pvTmp)
|
---|
4232 | RTMemTmpFree(pvTmp);
|
---|
4233 |
|
---|
4234 | if (RT_SUCCESS(rc))
|
---|
4235 | {
|
---|
4236 | if (pCbProgress && pCbProgress->pfnProgress)
|
---|
4237 | pCbProgress->pfnProgress(pIfProgress->pvUser, 100);
|
---|
4238 | }
|
---|
4239 |
|
---|
4240 | LogFlowFunc(("returns %Rrc\n", rc));
|
---|
4241 | return rc;
|
---|
4242 | }
|
---|
4243 |
|
---|
4244 | /**
|
---|
4245 | * Closes the last opened image file in HDD container.
|
---|
4246 | * If previous image file was opened in read-only mode (the normal case) and
|
---|
4247 | * the last opened image is in read-write mode then the previous image will be
|
---|
4248 | * reopened in read/write mode.
|
---|
4249 | *
|
---|
4250 | * @returns VBox status code.
|
---|
4251 | * @returns VERR_VD_NOT_OPENED if no image is opened in HDD container.
|
---|
4252 | * @param pDisk Pointer to HDD container.
|
---|
4253 | * @param fDelete If true, delete the image from the host disk.
|
---|
4254 | */
|
---|
4255 | VBOXDDU_DECL(int) VDClose(PVBOXHDD pDisk, bool fDelete)
|
---|
4256 | {
|
---|
4257 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
4258 | int rc2;
|
---|
4259 | bool fLockWrite = false;
|
---|
4260 |
|
---|
4261 | LogFlowFunc(("pDisk=%#p fDelete=%d\n", pDisk, fDelete));
|
---|
4262 | do
|
---|
4263 | {
|
---|
4264 | /* sanity check */
|
---|
4265 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pDisk, rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
4266 | AssertMsg(pDisk->u32Signature == VBOXHDDDISK_SIGNATURE, ("u32Signature=%08x\n", pDisk->u32Signature));
|
---|
4267 |
|
---|
4268 | /* Not worth splitting this up into a read lock phase and write
|
---|
4269 | * lock phase, as closing an image is a relatively fast operation
|
---|
4270 | * dominated by the part which needs the write lock. */
|
---|
4271 | rc2 = vdThreadStartWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
4272 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
4273 | fLockWrite = true;
|
---|
4274 |
|
---|
4275 | PVDIMAGE pImage = pDisk->pLast;
|
---|
4276 | if (!pImage)
|
---|
4277 | {
|
---|
4278 | rc = VERR_VD_NOT_OPENED;
|
---|
4279 | break;
|
---|
4280 | }
|
---|
4281 | unsigned uOpenFlags = pImage->Backend->pfnGetOpenFlags(pImage->pvBackendData);
|
---|
4282 | /* Remove image from list of opened images. */
|
---|
4283 | vdRemoveImageFromList(pDisk, pImage);
|
---|
4284 | /* Close (and optionally delete) image. */
|
---|
4285 | rc = pImage->Backend->pfnClose(pImage->pvBackendData, fDelete);
|
---|
4286 | /* Free remaining resources related to the image. */
|
---|
4287 | RTStrFree(pImage->pszFilename);
|
---|
4288 | RTMemFree(pImage);
|
---|
4289 |
|
---|
4290 | pImage = pDisk->pLast;
|
---|
4291 | if (!pImage)
|
---|
4292 | break;
|
---|
4293 |
|
---|
4294 | /* If disk was previously in read/write mode, make sure it will stay
|
---|
4295 | * like this (if possible) after closing this image. Set the open flags
|
---|
4296 | * accordingly. */
|
---|
4297 | if (!(uOpenFlags & VD_OPEN_FLAGS_READONLY))
|
---|
4298 | {
|
---|
4299 | uOpenFlags = pImage->Backend->pfnGetOpenFlags(pImage->pvBackendData);
|
---|
4300 | uOpenFlags &= ~ VD_OPEN_FLAGS_READONLY;
|
---|
4301 | rc = pImage->Backend->pfnSetOpenFlags(pImage->pvBackendData, uOpenFlags);
|
---|
4302 | }
|
---|
4303 |
|
---|
4304 | /* Cache disk information. */
|
---|
4305 | pDisk->cbSize = pImage->Backend->pfnGetSize(pImage->pvBackendData);
|
---|
4306 |
|
---|
4307 | /* Cache PCHS geometry. */
|
---|
4308 | rc2 = pImage->Backend->pfnGetPCHSGeometry(pImage->pvBackendData,
|
---|
4309 | &pDisk->PCHSGeometry);
|
---|
4310 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc2))
|
---|
4311 | {
|
---|
4312 | pDisk->PCHSGeometry.cCylinders = 0;
|
---|
4313 | pDisk->PCHSGeometry.cHeads = 0;
|
---|
4314 | pDisk->PCHSGeometry.cSectors = 0;
|
---|
4315 | }
|
---|
4316 | else
|
---|
4317 | {
|
---|
4318 | /* Make sure the PCHS geometry is properly clipped. */
|
---|
4319 | pDisk->PCHSGeometry.cCylinders = RT_MIN(pDisk->PCHSGeometry.cCylinders, 16383);
|
---|
4320 | pDisk->PCHSGeometry.cHeads = RT_MIN(pDisk->PCHSGeometry.cHeads, 16);
|
---|
4321 | pDisk->PCHSGeometry.cSectors = RT_MIN(pDisk->PCHSGeometry.cSectors, 63);
|
---|
4322 | }
|
---|
4323 |
|
---|
4324 | /* Cache LCHS geometry. */
|
---|
4325 | rc2 = pImage->Backend->pfnGetLCHSGeometry(pImage->pvBackendData,
|
---|
4326 | &pDisk->LCHSGeometry);
|
---|
4327 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc2))
|
---|
4328 | {
|
---|
4329 | pDisk->LCHSGeometry.cCylinders = 0;
|
---|
4330 | pDisk->LCHSGeometry.cHeads = 0;
|
---|
4331 | pDisk->LCHSGeometry.cSectors = 0;
|
---|
4332 | }
|
---|
4333 | else
|
---|
4334 | {
|
---|
4335 | /* Make sure the LCHS geometry is properly clipped. */
|
---|
4336 | pDisk->LCHSGeometry.cHeads = RT_MIN(pDisk->LCHSGeometry.cHeads, 255);
|
---|
4337 | pDisk->LCHSGeometry.cSectors = RT_MIN(pDisk->LCHSGeometry.cSectors, 63);
|
---|
4338 | }
|
---|
4339 | } while (0);
|
---|
4340 |
|
---|
4341 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockWrite))
|
---|
4342 | {
|
---|
4343 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
4344 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
4345 | }
|
---|
4346 |
|
---|
4347 | LogFlowFunc(("returns %Rrc\n", rc));
|
---|
4348 | return rc;
|
---|
4349 | }
|
---|
4350 |
|
---|
4351 | /**
|
---|
4352 | * Closes all opened image files in HDD container.
|
---|
4353 | *
|
---|
4354 | * @returns VBox status code.
|
---|
4355 | * @param pDisk Pointer to HDD container.
|
---|
4356 | */
|
---|
4357 | VBOXDDU_DECL(int) VDCloseAll(PVBOXHDD pDisk)
|
---|
4358 | {
|
---|
4359 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
4360 | int rc2;
|
---|
4361 | bool fLockWrite = false;
|
---|
4362 |
|
---|
4363 | LogFlowFunc(("pDisk=%#p\n", pDisk));
|
---|
4364 | do
|
---|
4365 | {
|
---|
4366 | /* sanity check */
|
---|
4367 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pDisk, rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
4368 | AssertMsg(pDisk->u32Signature == VBOXHDDDISK_SIGNATURE, ("u32Signature=%08x\n", pDisk->u32Signature));
|
---|
4369 |
|
---|
4370 | /* Lock the entire operation. */
|
---|
4371 | rc2 = vdThreadStartWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
4372 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
4373 | fLockWrite = true;
|
---|
4374 |
|
---|
4375 | PVDIMAGE pImage = pDisk->pLast;
|
---|
4376 | while (VALID_PTR(pImage))
|
---|
4377 | {
|
---|
4378 | PVDIMAGE pPrev = pImage->pPrev;
|
---|
4379 | /* Remove image from list of opened images. */
|
---|
4380 | vdRemoveImageFromList(pDisk, pImage);
|
---|
4381 | /* Close image. */
|
---|
4382 | rc2 = pImage->Backend->pfnClose(pImage->pvBackendData, false);
|
---|
4383 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc2) && RT_SUCCESS(rc))
|
---|
4384 | rc = rc2;
|
---|
4385 | /* Free remaining resources related to the image. */
|
---|
4386 | RTStrFree(pImage->pszFilename);
|
---|
4387 | RTMemFree(pImage);
|
---|
4388 | pImage = pPrev;
|
---|
4389 | }
|
---|
4390 | Assert(!VALID_PTR(pDisk->pLast));
|
---|
4391 | } while (0);
|
---|
4392 |
|
---|
4393 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockWrite))
|
---|
4394 | {
|
---|
4395 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
4396 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
4397 | }
|
---|
4398 |
|
---|
4399 | LogFlowFunc(("returns %Rrc\n", rc));
|
---|
4400 | return rc;
|
---|
4401 | }
|
---|
4402 |
|
---|
4403 | /**
|
---|
4404 | * Read data from virtual HDD.
|
---|
4405 | *
|
---|
4406 | * @returns VBox status code.
|
---|
4407 | * @returns VERR_VD_NOT_OPENED if no image is opened in HDD container.
|
---|
4408 | * @param pDisk Pointer to HDD container.
|
---|
4409 | * @param uOffset Offset of first reading byte from start of disk.
|
---|
4410 | * @param pvBuf Pointer to buffer for reading data.
|
---|
4411 | * @param cbRead Number of bytes to read.
|
---|
4412 | */
|
---|
4413 | VBOXDDU_DECL(int) VDRead(PVBOXHDD pDisk, uint64_t uOffset, void *pvBuf,
|
---|
4414 | size_t cbRead)
|
---|
4415 | {
|
---|
4416 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
4417 | int rc2;
|
---|
4418 | bool fLockRead = false;
|
---|
4419 |
|
---|
4420 | LogFlowFunc(("pDisk=%#p uOffset=%llu pvBuf=%p cbRead=%zu\n",
|
---|
4421 | pDisk, uOffset, pvBuf, cbRead));
|
---|
4422 | do
|
---|
4423 | {
|
---|
4424 | /* sanity check */
|
---|
4425 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pDisk, rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
4426 | AssertMsg(pDisk->u32Signature == VBOXHDDDISK_SIGNATURE, ("u32Signature=%08x\n", pDisk->u32Signature));
|
---|
4427 |
|
---|
4428 | /* Check arguments. */
|
---|
4429 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(VALID_PTR(pvBuf),
|
---|
4430 | ("pvBuf=%#p\n", pvBuf),
|
---|
4431 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
4432 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(cbRead,
|
---|
4433 | ("cbRead=%zu\n", cbRead),
|
---|
4434 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
4435 |
|
---|
4436 | rc2 = vdThreadStartRead(pDisk);
|
---|
4437 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
4438 | fLockRead = true;
|
---|
4439 |
|
---|
4440 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(uOffset + cbRead <= pDisk->cbSize,
|
---|
4441 | ("uOffset=%llu cbRead=%zu pDisk->cbSize=%llu\n",
|
---|
4442 | uOffset, cbRead, pDisk->cbSize),
|
---|
4443 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
4444 |
|
---|
4445 | PVDIMAGE pImage = pDisk->pLast;
|
---|
4446 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pImage, rc = VERR_VD_NOT_OPENED);
|
---|
4447 |
|
---|
4448 | rc = vdReadHelper(pDisk, pImage, NULL, uOffset, pvBuf, cbRead);
|
---|
4449 | } while (0);
|
---|
4450 |
|
---|
4451 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockRead))
|
---|
4452 | {
|
---|
4453 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishRead(pDisk);
|
---|
4454 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
4455 | }
|
---|
4456 |
|
---|
4457 | LogFlowFunc(("returns %Rrc\n", rc));
|
---|
4458 | return rc;
|
---|
4459 | }
|
---|
4460 |
|
---|
4461 | /**
|
---|
4462 | * Write data to virtual HDD.
|
---|
4463 | *
|
---|
4464 | * @returns VBox status code.
|
---|
4465 | * @returns VERR_VD_NOT_OPENED if no image is opened in HDD container.
|
---|
4466 | * @param pDisk Pointer to HDD container.
|
---|
4467 | * @param uOffset Offset of the first byte being
|
---|
4468 | * written from start of disk.
|
---|
4469 | * @param pvBuf Pointer to buffer for writing data.
|
---|
4470 | * @param cbWrite Number of bytes to write.
|
---|
4471 | */
|
---|
4472 | VBOXDDU_DECL(int) VDWrite(PVBOXHDD pDisk, uint64_t uOffset, const void *pvBuf,
|
---|
4473 | size_t cbWrite)
|
---|
4474 | {
|
---|
4475 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
4476 | int rc2;
|
---|
4477 | bool fLockWrite = false;
|
---|
4478 |
|
---|
4479 | LogFlowFunc(("pDisk=%#p uOffset=%llu pvBuf=%p cbWrite=%zu\n",
|
---|
4480 | pDisk, uOffset, pvBuf, cbWrite));
|
---|
4481 | do
|
---|
4482 | {
|
---|
4483 | /* sanity check */
|
---|
4484 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pDisk, rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
4485 | AssertMsg(pDisk->u32Signature == VBOXHDDDISK_SIGNATURE, ("u32Signature=%08x\n", pDisk->u32Signature));
|
---|
4486 |
|
---|
4487 | /* Check arguments. */
|
---|
4488 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(VALID_PTR(pvBuf),
|
---|
4489 | ("pvBuf=%#p\n", pvBuf),
|
---|
4490 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
4491 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(cbWrite,
|
---|
4492 | ("cbWrite=%zu\n", cbWrite),
|
---|
4493 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
4494 |
|
---|
4495 | rc2 = vdThreadStartWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
4496 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
4497 | fLockWrite = true;
|
---|
4498 |
|
---|
4499 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(uOffset + cbWrite <= pDisk->cbSize,
|
---|
4500 | ("uOffset=%llu cbWrite=%zu pDisk->cbSize=%llu\n",
|
---|
4501 | uOffset, cbWrite, pDisk->cbSize),
|
---|
4502 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
4503 |
|
---|
4504 | PVDIMAGE pImage = pDisk->pLast;
|
---|
4505 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pImage, rc = VERR_VD_NOT_OPENED);
|
---|
4506 |
|
---|
4507 | vdSetModifiedFlag(pDisk);
|
---|
4508 | rc = vdWriteHelper(pDisk, pImage, NULL, uOffset, pvBuf, cbWrite);
|
---|
4509 | } while (0);
|
---|
4510 |
|
---|
4511 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockWrite))
|
---|
4512 | {
|
---|
4513 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
4514 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
4515 | }
|
---|
4516 |
|
---|
4517 | LogFlowFunc(("returns %Rrc\n", rc));
|
---|
4518 | return rc;
|
---|
4519 | }
|
---|
4520 |
|
---|
4521 | /**
|
---|
4522 | * Make sure the on disk representation of a virtual HDD is up to date.
|
---|
4523 | *
|
---|
4524 | * @returns VBox status code.
|
---|
4525 | * @returns VERR_VD_NOT_OPENED if no image is opened in HDD container.
|
---|
4526 | * @param pDisk Pointer to HDD container.
|
---|
4527 | */
|
---|
4528 | VBOXDDU_DECL(int) VDFlush(PVBOXHDD pDisk)
|
---|
4529 | {
|
---|
4530 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
4531 | int rc2;
|
---|
4532 | bool fLockWrite = false;
|
---|
4533 |
|
---|
4534 | LogFlowFunc(("pDisk=%#p\n", pDisk));
|
---|
4535 | do
|
---|
4536 | {
|
---|
4537 | /* sanity check */
|
---|
4538 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pDisk, rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
4539 | AssertMsg(pDisk->u32Signature == VBOXHDDDISK_SIGNATURE, ("u32Signature=%08x\n", pDisk->u32Signature));
|
---|
4540 |
|
---|
4541 | rc2 = vdThreadStartWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
4542 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
4543 | fLockWrite = true;
|
---|
4544 |
|
---|
4545 | PVDIMAGE pImage = pDisk->pLast;
|
---|
4546 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pImage, rc = VERR_VD_NOT_OPENED);
|
---|
4547 |
|
---|
4548 | vdResetModifiedFlag(pDisk);
|
---|
4549 | rc = pImage->Backend->pfnFlush(pImage->pvBackendData);
|
---|
4550 | } while (0);
|
---|
4551 |
|
---|
4552 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockWrite))
|
---|
4553 | {
|
---|
4554 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
4555 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
4556 | }
|
---|
4557 |
|
---|
4558 | LogFlowFunc(("returns %Rrc\n", rc));
|
---|
4559 | return rc;
|
---|
4560 | }
|
---|
4561 |
|
---|
4562 | /**
|
---|
4563 | * Get number of opened images in HDD container.
|
---|
4564 | *
|
---|
4565 | * @returns Number of opened images for HDD container. 0 if no images have been opened.
|
---|
4566 | * @param pDisk Pointer to HDD container.
|
---|
4567 | */
|
---|
4568 | VBOXDDU_DECL(unsigned) VDGetCount(PVBOXHDD pDisk)
|
---|
4569 | {
|
---|
4570 | unsigned cImages;
|
---|
4571 | int rc2;
|
---|
4572 | bool fLockRead = false;
|
---|
4573 |
|
---|
4574 | LogFlowFunc(("pDisk=%#p\n", pDisk));
|
---|
4575 | do
|
---|
4576 | {
|
---|
4577 | /* sanity check */
|
---|
4578 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pDisk, cImages = 0);
|
---|
4579 | AssertMsg(pDisk->u32Signature == VBOXHDDDISK_SIGNATURE, ("u32Signature=%08x\n", pDisk->u32Signature));
|
---|
4580 |
|
---|
4581 | rc2 = vdThreadStartRead(pDisk);
|
---|
4582 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
4583 | fLockRead = true;
|
---|
4584 |
|
---|
4585 | cImages = pDisk->cImages;
|
---|
4586 | } while (0);
|
---|
4587 |
|
---|
4588 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockRead))
|
---|
4589 | {
|
---|
4590 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishRead(pDisk);
|
---|
4591 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
4592 | }
|
---|
4593 |
|
---|
4594 | LogFlowFunc(("returns %u\n", cImages));
|
---|
4595 | return cImages;
|
---|
4596 | }
|
---|
4597 |
|
---|
4598 | /**
|
---|
4599 | * Get read/write mode of HDD container.
|
---|
4600 | *
|
---|
4601 | * @returns Virtual disk ReadOnly status.
|
---|
4602 | * @returns true if no image is opened in HDD container.
|
---|
4603 | * @param pDisk Pointer to HDD container.
|
---|
4604 | */
|
---|
4605 | VBOXDDU_DECL(bool) VDIsReadOnly(PVBOXHDD pDisk)
|
---|
4606 | {
|
---|
4607 | bool fReadOnly;
|
---|
4608 | int rc2;
|
---|
4609 | bool fLockRead = false;
|
---|
4610 |
|
---|
4611 | LogFlowFunc(("pDisk=%#p\n", pDisk));
|
---|
4612 | do
|
---|
4613 | {
|
---|
4614 | /* sanity check */
|
---|
4615 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pDisk, fReadOnly = false);
|
---|
4616 | AssertMsg(pDisk->u32Signature == VBOXHDDDISK_SIGNATURE, ("u32Signature=%08x\n", pDisk->u32Signature));
|
---|
4617 |
|
---|
4618 | rc2 = vdThreadStartRead(pDisk);
|
---|
4619 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
4620 | fLockRead = true;
|
---|
4621 |
|
---|
4622 | PVDIMAGE pImage = pDisk->pLast;
|
---|
4623 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pImage, fReadOnly = true);
|
---|
4624 |
|
---|
4625 | unsigned uOpenFlags;
|
---|
4626 | uOpenFlags = pDisk->pLast->Backend->pfnGetOpenFlags(pDisk->pLast->pvBackendData);
|
---|
4627 | fReadOnly = !!(uOpenFlags & VD_OPEN_FLAGS_READONLY);
|
---|
4628 | } while (0);
|
---|
4629 |
|
---|
4630 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockRead))
|
---|
4631 | {
|
---|
4632 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishRead(pDisk);
|
---|
4633 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
4634 | }
|
---|
4635 |
|
---|
4636 | LogFlowFunc(("returns %d\n", fReadOnly));
|
---|
4637 | return fReadOnly;
|
---|
4638 | }
|
---|
4639 |
|
---|
4640 | /**
|
---|
4641 | * Get total capacity of an image in HDD container.
|
---|
4642 | *
|
---|
4643 | * @returns Virtual disk size in bytes.
|
---|
4644 | * @returns 0 if no image with specified number was not opened.
|
---|
4645 | * @param pDisk Pointer to HDD container.
|
---|
4646 | * @param nImage Image number, counds from 0. 0 is always base image of container.
|
---|
4647 | */
|
---|
4648 | VBOXDDU_DECL(uint64_t) VDGetSize(PVBOXHDD pDisk, unsigned nImage)
|
---|
4649 | {
|
---|
4650 | uint64_t cbSize;
|
---|
4651 | int rc2;
|
---|
4652 | bool fLockRead = false;
|
---|
4653 |
|
---|
4654 | LogFlowFunc(("pDisk=%#p nImage=%u\n", pDisk, nImage));
|
---|
4655 | do
|
---|
4656 | {
|
---|
4657 | /* sanity check */
|
---|
4658 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pDisk, cbSize = 0);
|
---|
4659 | AssertMsg(pDisk->u32Signature == VBOXHDDDISK_SIGNATURE, ("u32Signature=%08x\n", pDisk->u32Signature));
|
---|
4660 |
|
---|
4661 | rc2 = vdThreadStartRead(pDisk);
|
---|
4662 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
4663 | fLockRead = true;
|
---|
4664 |
|
---|
4665 | PVDIMAGE pImage = vdGetImageByNumber(pDisk, nImage);
|
---|
4666 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pImage, cbSize = 0);
|
---|
4667 | cbSize = pImage->Backend->pfnGetSize(pImage->pvBackendData);
|
---|
4668 | } while (0);
|
---|
4669 |
|
---|
4670 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockRead))
|
---|
4671 | {
|
---|
4672 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishRead(pDisk);
|
---|
4673 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
4674 | }
|
---|
4675 |
|
---|
4676 | LogFlowFunc(("returns %llu\n", cbSize));
|
---|
4677 | return cbSize;
|
---|
4678 | }
|
---|
4679 |
|
---|
4680 | /**
|
---|
4681 | * Get total file size of an image in HDD container.
|
---|
4682 | *
|
---|
4683 | * @returns Virtual disk size in bytes.
|
---|
4684 | * @returns 0 if no image is opened in HDD container.
|
---|
4685 | * @param pDisk Pointer to HDD container.
|
---|
4686 | * @param nImage Image number, counts from 0. 0 is always base image of container.
|
---|
4687 | */
|
---|
4688 | VBOXDDU_DECL(uint64_t) VDGetFileSize(PVBOXHDD pDisk, unsigned nImage)
|
---|
4689 | {
|
---|
4690 | uint64_t cbSize;
|
---|
4691 | int rc2;
|
---|
4692 | bool fLockRead = false;
|
---|
4693 |
|
---|
4694 | LogFlowFunc(("pDisk=%#p nImage=%u\n", pDisk, nImage));
|
---|
4695 | do
|
---|
4696 | {
|
---|
4697 | /* sanity check */
|
---|
4698 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pDisk, cbSize = 0);
|
---|
4699 | AssertMsg(pDisk->u32Signature == VBOXHDDDISK_SIGNATURE, ("u32Signature=%08x\n", pDisk->u32Signature));
|
---|
4700 |
|
---|
4701 | rc2 = vdThreadStartRead(pDisk);
|
---|
4702 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
4703 | fLockRead = true;
|
---|
4704 |
|
---|
4705 | PVDIMAGE pImage = vdGetImageByNumber(pDisk, nImage);
|
---|
4706 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pImage, cbSize = 0);
|
---|
4707 | cbSize = pImage->Backend->pfnGetFileSize(pImage->pvBackendData);
|
---|
4708 | } while (0);
|
---|
4709 |
|
---|
4710 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockRead))
|
---|
4711 | {
|
---|
4712 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishRead(pDisk);
|
---|
4713 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
4714 | }
|
---|
4715 |
|
---|
4716 | LogFlowFunc(("returns %llu\n", cbSize));
|
---|
4717 | return cbSize;
|
---|
4718 | }
|
---|
4719 |
|
---|
4720 | /**
|
---|
4721 | * Get virtual disk PCHS geometry stored in HDD container.
|
---|
4722 | *
|
---|
4723 | * @returns VBox status code.
|
---|
4724 | * @returns VERR_VD_IMAGE_NOT_FOUND if image with specified number was not opened.
|
---|
4725 | * @returns VERR_VD_GEOMETRY_NOT_SET if no geometry present in the HDD container.
|
---|
4726 | * @param pDisk Pointer to HDD container.
|
---|
4727 | * @param nImage Image number, counts from 0. 0 is always base image of container.
|
---|
4728 | * @param pPCHSGeometry Where to store PCHS geometry. Not NULL.
|
---|
4729 | */
|
---|
4730 | VBOXDDU_DECL(int) VDGetPCHSGeometry(PVBOXHDD pDisk, unsigned nImage,
|
---|
4731 | PPDMMEDIAGEOMETRY pPCHSGeometry)
|
---|
4732 | {
|
---|
4733 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
4734 | int rc2;
|
---|
4735 | bool fLockRead = false;
|
---|
4736 |
|
---|
4737 | LogFlowFunc(("pDisk=%#p nImage=%u pPCHSGeometry=%#p\n",
|
---|
4738 | pDisk, nImage, pPCHSGeometry));
|
---|
4739 | do
|
---|
4740 | {
|
---|
4741 | /* sanity check */
|
---|
4742 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pDisk, rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
4743 | AssertMsg(pDisk->u32Signature == VBOXHDDDISK_SIGNATURE, ("u32Signature=%08x\n", pDisk->u32Signature));
|
---|
4744 |
|
---|
4745 | /* Check arguments. */
|
---|
4746 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(VALID_PTR(pPCHSGeometry),
|
---|
4747 | ("pPCHSGeometry=%#p\n", pPCHSGeometry),
|
---|
4748 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
4749 |
|
---|
4750 | rc2 = vdThreadStartRead(pDisk);
|
---|
4751 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
4752 | fLockRead = true;
|
---|
4753 |
|
---|
4754 | PVDIMAGE pImage = vdGetImageByNumber(pDisk, nImage);
|
---|
4755 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pImage, rc = VERR_VD_IMAGE_NOT_FOUND);
|
---|
4756 |
|
---|
4757 | if (pImage == pDisk->pLast)
|
---|
4758 | {
|
---|
4759 | /* Use cached information if possible. */
|
---|
4760 | if (pDisk->PCHSGeometry.cCylinders != 0)
|
---|
4761 | *pPCHSGeometry = pDisk->PCHSGeometry;
|
---|
4762 | else
|
---|
4763 | rc = VERR_VD_GEOMETRY_NOT_SET;
|
---|
4764 | }
|
---|
4765 | else
|
---|
4766 | rc = pImage->Backend->pfnGetPCHSGeometry(pImage->pvBackendData,
|
---|
4767 | pPCHSGeometry);
|
---|
4768 | } while (0);
|
---|
4769 |
|
---|
4770 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockRead))
|
---|
4771 | {
|
---|
4772 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishRead(pDisk);
|
---|
4773 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
4774 | }
|
---|
4775 |
|
---|
4776 | LogFlowFunc(("%s: %Rrc (PCHS=%u/%u/%u)\n", __FUNCTION__, rc,
|
---|
4777 | pDisk->PCHSGeometry.cCylinders, pDisk->PCHSGeometry.cHeads,
|
---|
4778 | pDisk->PCHSGeometry.cSectors));
|
---|
4779 | return rc;
|
---|
4780 | }
|
---|
4781 |
|
---|
4782 | /**
|
---|
4783 | * Store virtual disk PCHS geometry in HDD container.
|
---|
4784 | *
|
---|
4785 | * Note that in case of unrecoverable error all images in HDD container will be closed.
|
---|
4786 | *
|
---|
4787 | * @returns VBox status code.
|
---|
4788 | * @returns VERR_VD_IMAGE_NOT_FOUND if image with specified number was not opened.
|
---|
4789 | * @returns VERR_VD_GEOMETRY_NOT_SET if no geometry present in the HDD container.
|
---|
4790 | * @param pDisk Pointer to HDD container.
|
---|
4791 | * @param nImage Image number, counts from 0. 0 is always base image of container.
|
---|
4792 | * @param pPCHSGeometry Where to load PCHS geometry from. Not NULL.
|
---|
4793 | */
|
---|
4794 | VBOXDDU_DECL(int) VDSetPCHSGeometry(PVBOXHDD pDisk, unsigned nImage,
|
---|
4795 | PCPDMMEDIAGEOMETRY pPCHSGeometry)
|
---|
4796 | {
|
---|
4797 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
4798 | int rc2;
|
---|
4799 | bool fLockWrite = false;
|
---|
4800 |
|
---|
4801 | LogFlowFunc(("pDisk=%#p nImage=%u pPCHSGeometry=%#p PCHS=%u/%u/%u\n",
|
---|
4802 | pDisk, nImage, pPCHSGeometry, pPCHSGeometry->cCylinders,
|
---|
4803 | pPCHSGeometry->cHeads, pPCHSGeometry->cSectors));
|
---|
4804 | do
|
---|
4805 | {
|
---|
4806 | /* sanity check */
|
---|
4807 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pDisk, rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
4808 | AssertMsg(pDisk->u32Signature == VBOXHDDDISK_SIGNATURE, ("u32Signature=%08x\n", pDisk->u32Signature));
|
---|
4809 |
|
---|
4810 | /* Check arguments. */
|
---|
4811 | AssertMsgBreakStmt( VALID_PTR(pPCHSGeometry)
|
---|
4812 | && pPCHSGeometry->cHeads <= 16
|
---|
4813 | && pPCHSGeometry->cSectors <= 63,
|
---|
4814 | ("pPCHSGeometry=%#p PCHS=%u/%u/%u\n", pPCHSGeometry,
|
---|
4815 | pPCHSGeometry->cCylinders, pPCHSGeometry->cHeads,
|
---|
4816 | pPCHSGeometry->cSectors),
|
---|
4817 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
4818 |
|
---|
4819 | rc2 = vdThreadStartWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
4820 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
4821 | fLockWrite = true;
|
---|
4822 |
|
---|
4823 | PVDIMAGE pImage = vdGetImageByNumber(pDisk, nImage);
|
---|
4824 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pImage, rc = VERR_VD_IMAGE_NOT_FOUND);
|
---|
4825 |
|
---|
4826 | if (pImage == pDisk->pLast)
|
---|
4827 | {
|
---|
4828 | if ( pPCHSGeometry->cCylinders != pDisk->PCHSGeometry.cCylinders
|
---|
4829 | || pPCHSGeometry->cHeads != pDisk->PCHSGeometry.cHeads
|
---|
4830 | || pPCHSGeometry->cSectors != pDisk->PCHSGeometry.cSectors)
|
---|
4831 | {
|
---|
4832 | /* Only update geometry if it is changed. Avoids similar checks
|
---|
4833 | * in every backend. Most of the time the new geometry is set
|
---|
4834 | * to the previous values, so no need to go through the hassle
|
---|
4835 | * of updating an image which could be opened in read-only mode
|
---|
4836 | * right now. */
|
---|
4837 | rc = pImage->Backend->pfnSetPCHSGeometry(pImage->pvBackendData,
|
---|
4838 | pPCHSGeometry);
|
---|
4839 |
|
---|
4840 | /* Cache new geometry values in any case. */
|
---|
4841 | rc2 = pImage->Backend->pfnGetPCHSGeometry(pImage->pvBackendData,
|
---|
4842 | &pDisk->PCHSGeometry);
|
---|
4843 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc2))
|
---|
4844 | {
|
---|
4845 | pDisk->PCHSGeometry.cCylinders = 0;
|
---|
4846 | pDisk->PCHSGeometry.cHeads = 0;
|
---|
4847 | pDisk->PCHSGeometry.cSectors = 0;
|
---|
4848 | }
|
---|
4849 | else
|
---|
4850 | {
|
---|
4851 | /* Make sure the CHS geometry is properly clipped. */
|
---|
4852 | pDisk->PCHSGeometry.cHeads = RT_MIN(pDisk->PCHSGeometry.cHeads, 255);
|
---|
4853 | pDisk->PCHSGeometry.cSectors = RT_MIN(pDisk->PCHSGeometry.cSectors, 63);
|
---|
4854 | }
|
---|
4855 | }
|
---|
4856 | }
|
---|
4857 | else
|
---|
4858 | {
|
---|
4859 | PDMMEDIAGEOMETRY PCHS;
|
---|
4860 | rc = pImage->Backend->pfnGetPCHSGeometry(pImage->pvBackendData,
|
---|
4861 | &PCHS);
|
---|
4862 | if ( RT_FAILURE(rc)
|
---|
4863 | || pPCHSGeometry->cCylinders != PCHS.cCylinders
|
---|
4864 | || pPCHSGeometry->cHeads != PCHS.cHeads
|
---|
4865 | || pPCHSGeometry->cSectors != PCHS.cSectors)
|
---|
4866 | {
|
---|
4867 | /* Only update geometry if it is changed. Avoids similar checks
|
---|
4868 | * in every backend. Most of the time the new geometry is set
|
---|
4869 | * to the previous values, so no need to go through the hassle
|
---|
4870 | * of updating an image which could be opened in read-only mode
|
---|
4871 | * right now. */
|
---|
4872 | rc = pImage->Backend->pfnSetPCHSGeometry(pImage->pvBackendData,
|
---|
4873 | pPCHSGeometry);
|
---|
4874 | }
|
---|
4875 | }
|
---|
4876 | } while (0);
|
---|
4877 |
|
---|
4878 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockWrite))
|
---|
4879 | {
|
---|
4880 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
4881 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
4882 | }
|
---|
4883 |
|
---|
4884 | LogFlowFunc(("returns %Rrc\n", rc));
|
---|
4885 | return rc;
|
---|
4886 | }
|
---|
4887 |
|
---|
4888 | /**
|
---|
4889 | * Get virtual disk LCHS geometry stored in HDD container.
|
---|
4890 | *
|
---|
4891 | * @returns VBox status code.
|
---|
4892 | * @returns VERR_VD_IMAGE_NOT_FOUND if image with specified number was not opened.
|
---|
4893 | * @returns VERR_VD_GEOMETRY_NOT_SET if no geometry present in the HDD container.
|
---|
4894 | * @param pDisk Pointer to HDD container.
|
---|
4895 | * @param nImage Image number, counts from 0. 0 is always base image of container.
|
---|
4896 | * @param pLCHSGeometry Where to store LCHS geometry. Not NULL.
|
---|
4897 | */
|
---|
4898 | VBOXDDU_DECL(int) VDGetLCHSGeometry(PVBOXHDD pDisk, unsigned nImage,
|
---|
4899 | PPDMMEDIAGEOMETRY pLCHSGeometry)
|
---|
4900 | {
|
---|
4901 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
4902 | int rc2;
|
---|
4903 | bool fLockRead = false;
|
---|
4904 |
|
---|
4905 | LogFlowFunc(("pDisk=%#p nImage=%u pLCHSGeometry=%#p\n",
|
---|
4906 | pDisk, nImage, pLCHSGeometry));
|
---|
4907 | do
|
---|
4908 | {
|
---|
4909 | /* sanity check */
|
---|
4910 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pDisk, rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
4911 | AssertMsg(pDisk->u32Signature == VBOXHDDDISK_SIGNATURE, ("u32Signature=%08x\n", pDisk->u32Signature));
|
---|
4912 |
|
---|
4913 | /* Check arguments. */
|
---|
4914 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(VALID_PTR(pLCHSGeometry),
|
---|
4915 | ("pLCHSGeometry=%#p\n", pLCHSGeometry),
|
---|
4916 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
4917 |
|
---|
4918 | rc2 = vdThreadStartRead(pDisk);
|
---|
4919 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
4920 | fLockRead = true;
|
---|
4921 |
|
---|
4922 | PVDIMAGE pImage = vdGetImageByNumber(pDisk, nImage);
|
---|
4923 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pImage, rc = VERR_VD_IMAGE_NOT_FOUND);
|
---|
4924 |
|
---|
4925 | if (pImage == pDisk->pLast)
|
---|
4926 | {
|
---|
4927 | /* Use cached information if possible. */
|
---|
4928 | if (pDisk->LCHSGeometry.cCylinders != 0)
|
---|
4929 | *pLCHSGeometry = pDisk->LCHSGeometry;
|
---|
4930 | else
|
---|
4931 | rc = VERR_VD_GEOMETRY_NOT_SET;
|
---|
4932 | }
|
---|
4933 | else
|
---|
4934 | rc = pImage->Backend->pfnGetLCHSGeometry(pImage->pvBackendData,
|
---|
4935 | pLCHSGeometry);
|
---|
4936 | } while (0);
|
---|
4937 |
|
---|
4938 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockRead))
|
---|
4939 | {
|
---|
4940 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishRead(pDisk);
|
---|
4941 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
4942 | }
|
---|
4943 |
|
---|
4944 | LogFlowFunc((": %Rrc (LCHS=%u/%u/%u)\n", rc,
|
---|
4945 | pDisk->LCHSGeometry.cCylinders, pDisk->LCHSGeometry.cHeads,
|
---|
4946 | pDisk->LCHSGeometry.cSectors));
|
---|
4947 | return rc;
|
---|
4948 | }
|
---|
4949 |
|
---|
4950 | /**
|
---|
4951 | * Store virtual disk LCHS geometry in HDD container.
|
---|
4952 | *
|
---|
4953 | * Note that in case of unrecoverable error all images in HDD container will be closed.
|
---|
4954 | *
|
---|
4955 | * @returns VBox status code.
|
---|
4956 | * @returns VERR_VD_IMAGE_NOT_FOUND if image with specified number was not opened.
|
---|
4957 | * @returns VERR_VD_GEOMETRY_NOT_SET if no geometry present in the HDD container.
|
---|
4958 | * @param pDisk Pointer to HDD container.
|
---|
4959 | * @param nImage Image number, counts from 0. 0 is always base image of container.
|
---|
4960 | * @param pLCHSGeometry Where to load LCHS geometry from. Not NULL.
|
---|
4961 | */
|
---|
4962 | VBOXDDU_DECL(int) VDSetLCHSGeometry(PVBOXHDD pDisk, unsigned nImage,
|
---|
4963 | PCPDMMEDIAGEOMETRY pLCHSGeometry)
|
---|
4964 | {
|
---|
4965 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
4966 | int rc2;
|
---|
4967 | bool fLockWrite = false;
|
---|
4968 |
|
---|
4969 | LogFlowFunc(("pDisk=%#p nImage=%u pLCHSGeometry=%#p LCHS=%u/%u/%u\n",
|
---|
4970 | pDisk, nImage, pLCHSGeometry, pLCHSGeometry->cCylinders,
|
---|
4971 | pLCHSGeometry->cHeads, pLCHSGeometry->cSectors));
|
---|
4972 | do
|
---|
4973 | {
|
---|
4974 | /* sanity check */
|
---|
4975 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pDisk, rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
4976 | AssertMsg(pDisk->u32Signature == VBOXHDDDISK_SIGNATURE, ("u32Signature=%08x\n", pDisk->u32Signature));
|
---|
4977 |
|
---|
4978 | /* Check arguments. */
|
---|
4979 | AssertMsgBreakStmt( VALID_PTR(pLCHSGeometry)
|
---|
4980 | && pLCHSGeometry->cHeads <= 255
|
---|
4981 | && pLCHSGeometry->cSectors <= 63,
|
---|
4982 | ("pLCHSGeometry=%#p LCHS=%u/%u/%u\n", pLCHSGeometry,
|
---|
4983 | pLCHSGeometry->cCylinders, pLCHSGeometry->cHeads,
|
---|
4984 | pLCHSGeometry->cSectors),
|
---|
4985 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
4986 |
|
---|
4987 | rc2 = vdThreadStartWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
4988 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
4989 | fLockWrite = true;
|
---|
4990 |
|
---|
4991 | PVDIMAGE pImage = vdGetImageByNumber(pDisk, nImage);
|
---|
4992 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pImage, rc = VERR_VD_IMAGE_NOT_FOUND);
|
---|
4993 |
|
---|
4994 | if (pImage == pDisk->pLast)
|
---|
4995 | {
|
---|
4996 | if ( pLCHSGeometry->cCylinders != pDisk->LCHSGeometry.cCylinders
|
---|
4997 | || pLCHSGeometry->cHeads != pDisk->LCHSGeometry.cHeads
|
---|
4998 | || pLCHSGeometry->cSectors != pDisk->LCHSGeometry.cSectors)
|
---|
4999 | {
|
---|
5000 | /* Only update geometry if it is changed. Avoids similar checks
|
---|
5001 | * in every backend. Most of the time the new geometry is set
|
---|
5002 | * to the previous values, so no need to go through the hassle
|
---|
5003 | * of updating an image which could be opened in read-only mode
|
---|
5004 | * right now. */
|
---|
5005 | rc = pImage->Backend->pfnSetLCHSGeometry(pImage->pvBackendData,
|
---|
5006 | pLCHSGeometry);
|
---|
5007 |
|
---|
5008 | /* Cache new geometry values in any case. */
|
---|
5009 | rc2 = pImage->Backend->pfnGetLCHSGeometry(pImage->pvBackendData,
|
---|
5010 | &pDisk->LCHSGeometry);
|
---|
5011 | if (RT_FAILURE(rc2))
|
---|
5012 | {
|
---|
5013 | pDisk->LCHSGeometry.cCylinders = 0;
|
---|
5014 | pDisk->LCHSGeometry.cHeads = 0;
|
---|
5015 | pDisk->LCHSGeometry.cSectors = 0;
|
---|
5016 | }
|
---|
5017 | else
|
---|
5018 | {
|
---|
5019 | /* Make sure the CHS geometry is properly clipped. */
|
---|
5020 | pDisk->LCHSGeometry.cHeads = RT_MIN(pDisk->LCHSGeometry.cHeads, 255);
|
---|
5021 | pDisk->LCHSGeometry.cSectors = RT_MIN(pDisk->LCHSGeometry.cSectors, 63);
|
---|
5022 | }
|
---|
5023 | }
|
---|
5024 | }
|
---|
5025 | else
|
---|
5026 | {
|
---|
5027 | PDMMEDIAGEOMETRY LCHS;
|
---|
5028 | rc = pImage->Backend->pfnGetLCHSGeometry(pImage->pvBackendData,
|
---|
5029 | &LCHS);
|
---|
5030 | if ( RT_FAILURE(rc)
|
---|
5031 | || pLCHSGeometry->cCylinders != LCHS.cCylinders
|
---|
5032 | || pLCHSGeometry->cHeads != LCHS.cHeads
|
---|
5033 | || pLCHSGeometry->cSectors != LCHS.cSectors)
|
---|
5034 | {
|
---|
5035 | /* Only update geometry if it is changed. Avoids similar checks
|
---|
5036 | * in every backend. Most of the time the new geometry is set
|
---|
5037 | * to the previous values, so no need to go through the hassle
|
---|
5038 | * of updating an image which could be opened in read-only mode
|
---|
5039 | * right now. */
|
---|
5040 | rc = pImage->Backend->pfnSetLCHSGeometry(pImage->pvBackendData,
|
---|
5041 | pLCHSGeometry);
|
---|
5042 | }
|
---|
5043 | }
|
---|
5044 | } while (0);
|
---|
5045 |
|
---|
5046 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockWrite))
|
---|
5047 | {
|
---|
5048 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
5049 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
5050 | }
|
---|
5051 |
|
---|
5052 | LogFlowFunc(("returns %Rrc\n", rc));
|
---|
5053 | return rc;
|
---|
5054 | }
|
---|
5055 |
|
---|
5056 | /**
|
---|
5057 | * Get version of image in HDD container.
|
---|
5058 | *
|
---|
5059 | * @returns VBox status code.
|
---|
5060 | * @returns VERR_VD_IMAGE_NOT_FOUND if image with specified number was not opened.
|
---|
5061 | * @param pDisk Pointer to HDD container.
|
---|
5062 | * @param nImage Image number, counts from 0. 0 is always base image of container.
|
---|
5063 | * @param puVersion Where to store the image version.
|
---|
5064 | */
|
---|
5065 | VBOXDDU_DECL(int) VDGetVersion(PVBOXHDD pDisk, unsigned nImage,
|
---|
5066 | unsigned *puVersion)
|
---|
5067 | {
|
---|
5068 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
5069 | int rc2;
|
---|
5070 | bool fLockRead = false;
|
---|
5071 |
|
---|
5072 | LogFlowFunc(("pDisk=%#p nImage=%u puVersion=%#p\n",
|
---|
5073 | pDisk, nImage, puVersion));
|
---|
5074 | do
|
---|
5075 | {
|
---|
5076 | /* sanity check */
|
---|
5077 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pDisk, rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
5078 | AssertMsg(pDisk->u32Signature == VBOXHDDDISK_SIGNATURE, ("u32Signature=%08x\n", pDisk->u32Signature));
|
---|
5079 |
|
---|
5080 | /* Check arguments. */
|
---|
5081 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(VALID_PTR(puVersion),
|
---|
5082 | ("puVersion=%#p\n", puVersion),
|
---|
5083 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
5084 |
|
---|
5085 | rc2 = vdThreadStartRead(pDisk);
|
---|
5086 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
5087 | fLockRead = true;
|
---|
5088 |
|
---|
5089 | PVDIMAGE pImage = vdGetImageByNumber(pDisk, nImage);
|
---|
5090 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pImage, rc = VERR_VD_IMAGE_NOT_FOUND);
|
---|
5091 |
|
---|
5092 | *puVersion = pImage->Backend->pfnGetVersion(pImage->pvBackendData);
|
---|
5093 | } while (0);
|
---|
5094 |
|
---|
5095 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockRead))
|
---|
5096 | {
|
---|
5097 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishRead(pDisk);
|
---|
5098 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
5099 | }
|
---|
5100 |
|
---|
5101 | LogFlowFunc(("returns %Rrc uVersion=%#x\n", rc, *puVersion));
|
---|
5102 | return rc;
|
---|
5103 | }
|
---|
5104 |
|
---|
5105 | /**
|
---|
5106 | * List the capabilities of image backend in HDD container.
|
---|
5107 | *
|
---|
5108 | * @returns VBox status code.
|
---|
5109 | * @returns VERR_VD_IMAGE_NOT_FOUND if image with specified number was not opened.
|
---|
5110 | * @param pDisk Pointer to the HDD container.
|
---|
5111 | * @param nImage Image number, counts from 0. 0 is always base image of container.
|
---|
5112 | * @param pbackendInfo Where to store the backend information.
|
---|
5113 | */
|
---|
5114 | VBOXDDU_DECL(int) VDBackendInfoSingle(PVBOXHDD pDisk, unsigned nImage,
|
---|
5115 | PVDBACKENDINFO pBackendInfo)
|
---|
5116 | {
|
---|
5117 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
5118 | int rc2;
|
---|
5119 | bool fLockRead = false;
|
---|
5120 |
|
---|
5121 | LogFlowFunc(("pDisk=%#p nImage=%u pBackendInfo=%#p\n",
|
---|
5122 | pDisk, nImage, pBackendInfo));
|
---|
5123 | do
|
---|
5124 | {
|
---|
5125 | /* sanity check */
|
---|
5126 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pDisk, rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
5127 | AssertMsg(pDisk->u32Signature == VBOXHDDDISK_SIGNATURE, ("u32Signature=%08x\n", pDisk->u32Signature));
|
---|
5128 |
|
---|
5129 | /* Check arguments. */
|
---|
5130 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(VALID_PTR(pBackendInfo),
|
---|
5131 | ("pBackendInfo=%#p\n", pBackendInfo),
|
---|
5132 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
5133 |
|
---|
5134 | rc2 = vdThreadStartRead(pDisk);
|
---|
5135 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
5136 | fLockRead = true;
|
---|
5137 |
|
---|
5138 | PVDIMAGE pImage = vdGetImageByNumber(pDisk, nImage);
|
---|
5139 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pImage, rc = VERR_VD_IMAGE_NOT_FOUND);
|
---|
5140 |
|
---|
5141 | pBackendInfo->pszBackend = pImage->Backend->pszBackendName;
|
---|
5142 | pBackendInfo->uBackendCaps = pImage->Backend->uBackendCaps;
|
---|
5143 | pBackendInfo->papszFileExtensions = pImage->Backend->papszFileExtensions;
|
---|
5144 | pBackendInfo->paConfigInfo = pImage->Backend->paConfigInfo;
|
---|
5145 | } while (0);
|
---|
5146 |
|
---|
5147 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockRead))
|
---|
5148 | {
|
---|
5149 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishRead(pDisk);
|
---|
5150 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
5151 | }
|
---|
5152 |
|
---|
5153 | LogFlowFunc(("returns %Rrc\n", rc));
|
---|
5154 | return rc;
|
---|
5155 | }
|
---|
5156 |
|
---|
5157 | /**
|
---|
5158 | * Get flags of image in HDD container.
|
---|
5159 | *
|
---|
5160 | * @returns VBox status code.
|
---|
5161 | * @returns VERR_VD_IMAGE_NOT_FOUND if image with specified number was not opened.
|
---|
5162 | * @param pDisk Pointer to HDD container.
|
---|
5163 | * @param nImage Image number, counts from 0. 0 is always base image of container.
|
---|
5164 | * @param puImageFlags Where to store the image flags.
|
---|
5165 | */
|
---|
5166 | VBOXDDU_DECL(int) VDGetImageFlags(PVBOXHDD pDisk, unsigned nImage,
|
---|
5167 | unsigned *puImageFlags)
|
---|
5168 | {
|
---|
5169 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
5170 | int rc2;
|
---|
5171 | bool fLockRead = false;
|
---|
5172 |
|
---|
5173 | LogFlowFunc(("pDisk=%#p nImage=%u puImageFlags=%#p\n",
|
---|
5174 | pDisk, nImage, puImageFlags));
|
---|
5175 | do
|
---|
5176 | {
|
---|
5177 | /* sanity check */
|
---|
5178 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pDisk, rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
5179 | AssertMsg(pDisk->u32Signature == VBOXHDDDISK_SIGNATURE, ("u32Signature=%08x\n", pDisk->u32Signature));
|
---|
5180 |
|
---|
5181 | /* Check arguments. */
|
---|
5182 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(VALID_PTR(puImageFlags),
|
---|
5183 | ("puImageFlags=%#p\n", puImageFlags),
|
---|
5184 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
5185 |
|
---|
5186 | rc2 = vdThreadStartRead(pDisk);
|
---|
5187 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
5188 | fLockRead = true;
|
---|
5189 |
|
---|
5190 | PVDIMAGE pImage = vdGetImageByNumber(pDisk, nImage);
|
---|
5191 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pImage, rc = VERR_VD_IMAGE_NOT_FOUND);
|
---|
5192 |
|
---|
5193 | *puImageFlags = pImage->Backend->pfnGetImageFlags(pImage->pvBackendData);
|
---|
5194 | } while (0);
|
---|
5195 |
|
---|
5196 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockRead))
|
---|
5197 | {
|
---|
5198 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishRead(pDisk);
|
---|
5199 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
5200 | }
|
---|
5201 |
|
---|
5202 | LogFlowFunc(("returns %Rrc uImageFlags=%#x\n", rc, *puImageFlags));
|
---|
5203 | return rc;
|
---|
5204 | }
|
---|
5205 |
|
---|
5206 | /**
|
---|
5207 | * Get open flags of image in HDD container.
|
---|
5208 | *
|
---|
5209 | * @returns VBox status code.
|
---|
5210 | * @returns VERR_VD_IMAGE_NOT_FOUND if image with specified number was not opened.
|
---|
5211 | * @param pDisk Pointer to HDD container.
|
---|
5212 | * @param nImage Image number, counts from 0. 0 is always base image of container.
|
---|
5213 | * @param puOpenFlags Where to store the image open flags.
|
---|
5214 | */
|
---|
5215 | VBOXDDU_DECL(int) VDGetOpenFlags(PVBOXHDD pDisk, unsigned nImage,
|
---|
5216 | unsigned *puOpenFlags)
|
---|
5217 | {
|
---|
5218 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
5219 | int rc2;
|
---|
5220 | bool fLockRead = false;
|
---|
5221 |
|
---|
5222 | LogFlowFunc(("pDisk=%#p nImage=%u puOpenFlags=%#p\n",
|
---|
5223 | pDisk, nImage, puOpenFlags));
|
---|
5224 | do
|
---|
5225 | {
|
---|
5226 | /* sanity check */
|
---|
5227 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pDisk, rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
5228 | AssertMsg(pDisk->u32Signature == VBOXHDDDISK_SIGNATURE, ("u32Signature=%08x\n", pDisk->u32Signature));
|
---|
5229 |
|
---|
5230 | /* Check arguments. */
|
---|
5231 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(VALID_PTR(puOpenFlags),
|
---|
5232 | ("puOpenFlags=%#p\n", puOpenFlags),
|
---|
5233 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
5234 |
|
---|
5235 | rc2 = vdThreadStartRead(pDisk);
|
---|
5236 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
5237 | fLockRead = true;
|
---|
5238 |
|
---|
5239 | PVDIMAGE pImage = vdGetImageByNumber(pDisk, nImage);
|
---|
5240 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pImage, rc = VERR_VD_IMAGE_NOT_FOUND);
|
---|
5241 |
|
---|
5242 | *puOpenFlags = pImage->Backend->pfnGetOpenFlags(pImage->pvBackendData);
|
---|
5243 | } while (0);
|
---|
5244 |
|
---|
5245 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockRead))
|
---|
5246 | {
|
---|
5247 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishRead(pDisk);
|
---|
5248 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
5249 | }
|
---|
5250 |
|
---|
5251 | LogFlowFunc(("returns %Rrc uOpenFlags=%#x\n", rc, *puOpenFlags));
|
---|
5252 | return rc;
|
---|
5253 | }
|
---|
5254 |
|
---|
5255 | /**
|
---|
5256 | * Set open flags of image in HDD container.
|
---|
5257 | * This operation may cause file locking changes and/or files being reopened.
|
---|
5258 | * Note that in case of unrecoverable error all images in HDD container will be closed.
|
---|
5259 | *
|
---|
5260 | * @returns VBox status code.
|
---|
5261 | * @returns VERR_VD_IMAGE_NOT_FOUND if image with specified number was not opened.
|
---|
5262 | * @param pDisk Pointer to HDD container.
|
---|
5263 | * @param nImage Image number, counts from 0. 0 is always base image of container.
|
---|
5264 | * @param uOpenFlags Image file open mode, see VD_OPEN_FLAGS_* constants.
|
---|
5265 | */
|
---|
5266 | VBOXDDU_DECL(int) VDSetOpenFlags(PVBOXHDD pDisk, unsigned nImage,
|
---|
5267 | unsigned uOpenFlags)
|
---|
5268 | {
|
---|
5269 | int rc;
|
---|
5270 | int rc2;
|
---|
5271 | bool fLockWrite = false;
|
---|
5272 |
|
---|
5273 | LogFlowFunc(("pDisk=%#p uOpenFlags=%#u\n", pDisk, uOpenFlags));
|
---|
5274 | do
|
---|
5275 | {
|
---|
5276 | /* sanity check */
|
---|
5277 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pDisk, rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
5278 | AssertMsg(pDisk->u32Signature == VBOXHDDDISK_SIGNATURE, ("u32Signature=%08x\n", pDisk->u32Signature));
|
---|
5279 |
|
---|
5280 | /* Check arguments. */
|
---|
5281 | AssertMsgBreakStmt((uOpenFlags & ~VD_OPEN_FLAGS_MASK) == 0,
|
---|
5282 | ("uOpenFlags=%#x\n", uOpenFlags),
|
---|
5283 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
5284 |
|
---|
5285 | rc2 = vdThreadStartWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
5286 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
5287 | fLockWrite = true;
|
---|
5288 |
|
---|
5289 | PVDIMAGE pImage = vdGetImageByNumber(pDisk, nImage);
|
---|
5290 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pImage, rc = VERR_VD_IMAGE_NOT_FOUND);
|
---|
5291 |
|
---|
5292 | rc = pImage->Backend->pfnSetOpenFlags(pImage->pvBackendData,
|
---|
5293 | uOpenFlags);
|
---|
5294 | } while (0);
|
---|
5295 |
|
---|
5296 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockWrite))
|
---|
5297 | {
|
---|
5298 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
5299 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
5300 | }
|
---|
5301 |
|
---|
5302 | LogFlowFunc(("returns %Rrc\n", rc));
|
---|
5303 | return rc;
|
---|
5304 | }
|
---|
5305 |
|
---|
5306 | /**
|
---|
5307 | * Get base filename of image in HDD container. Some image formats use
|
---|
5308 | * other filenames as well, so don't use this for anything but informational
|
---|
5309 | * purposes.
|
---|
5310 | *
|
---|
5311 | * @returns VBox status code.
|
---|
5312 | * @returns VERR_VD_IMAGE_NOT_FOUND if image with specified number was not opened.
|
---|
5313 | * @returns VERR_BUFFER_OVERFLOW if pszFilename buffer too small to hold filename.
|
---|
5314 | * @param pDisk Pointer to HDD container.
|
---|
5315 | * @param nImage Image number, counts from 0. 0 is always base image of container.
|
---|
5316 | * @param pszFilename Where to store the image file name.
|
---|
5317 | * @param cbFilename Size of buffer pszFilename points to.
|
---|
5318 | */
|
---|
5319 | VBOXDDU_DECL(int) VDGetFilename(PVBOXHDD pDisk, unsigned nImage,
|
---|
5320 | char *pszFilename, unsigned cbFilename)
|
---|
5321 | {
|
---|
5322 | int rc;
|
---|
5323 | int rc2;
|
---|
5324 | bool fLockRead = false;
|
---|
5325 |
|
---|
5326 | LogFlowFunc(("pDisk=%#p nImage=%u pszFilename=%#p cbFilename=%u\n",
|
---|
5327 | pDisk, nImage, pszFilename, cbFilename));
|
---|
5328 | do
|
---|
5329 | {
|
---|
5330 | /* sanity check */
|
---|
5331 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pDisk, rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
5332 | AssertMsg(pDisk->u32Signature == VBOXHDDDISK_SIGNATURE, ("u32Signature=%08x\n", pDisk->u32Signature));
|
---|
5333 |
|
---|
5334 | /* Check arguments. */
|
---|
5335 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(VALID_PTR(pszFilename) && *pszFilename,
|
---|
5336 | ("pszFilename=%#p \"%s\"\n", pszFilename, pszFilename),
|
---|
5337 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
5338 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(cbFilename,
|
---|
5339 | ("cbFilename=%u\n", cbFilename),
|
---|
5340 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
5341 |
|
---|
5342 | rc2 = vdThreadStartRead(pDisk);
|
---|
5343 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
5344 | fLockRead = true;
|
---|
5345 |
|
---|
5346 | PVDIMAGE pImage = vdGetImageByNumber(pDisk, nImage);
|
---|
5347 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pImage, rc = VERR_VD_IMAGE_NOT_FOUND);
|
---|
5348 |
|
---|
5349 | size_t cb = strlen(pImage->pszFilename);
|
---|
5350 | if (cb <= cbFilename)
|
---|
5351 | {
|
---|
5352 | strcpy(pszFilename, pImage->pszFilename);
|
---|
5353 | rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
5354 | }
|
---|
5355 | else
|
---|
5356 | {
|
---|
5357 | strncpy(pszFilename, pImage->pszFilename, cbFilename - 1);
|
---|
5358 | pszFilename[cbFilename - 1] = '\0';
|
---|
5359 | rc = VERR_BUFFER_OVERFLOW;
|
---|
5360 | }
|
---|
5361 | } while (0);
|
---|
5362 |
|
---|
5363 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockRead))
|
---|
5364 | {
|
---|
5365 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishRead(pDisk);
|
---|
5366 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
5367 | }
|
---|
5368 |
|
---|
5369 | LogFlowFunc(("returns %Rrc, pszFilename=\"%s\"\n", rc, pszFilename));
|
---|
5370 | return rc;
|
---|
5371 | }
|
---|
5372 |
|
---|
5373 | /**
|
---|
5374 | * Get the comment line of image in HDD container.
|
---|
5375 | *
|
---|
5376 | * @returns VBox status code.
|
---|
5377 | * @returns VERR_VD_IMAGE_NOT_FOUND if image with specified number was not opened.
|
---|
5378 | * @returns VERR_BUFFER_OVERFLOW if pszComment buffer too small to hold comment text.
|
---|
5379 | * @param pDisk Pointer to HDD container.
|
---|
5380 | * @param nImage Image number, counts from 0. 0 is always base image of container.
|
---|
5381 | * @param pszComment Where to store the comment string of image. NULL is ok.
|
---|
5382 | * @param cbComment The size of pszComment buffer. 0 is ok.
|
---|
5383 | */
|
---|
5384 | VBOXDDU_DECL(int) VDGetComment(PVBOXHDD pDisk, unsigned nImage,
|
---|
5385 | char *pszComment, unsigned cbComment)
|
---|
5386 | {
|
---|
5387 | int rc;
|
---|
5388 | int rc2;
|
---|
5389 | bool fLockRead = false;
|
---|
5390 |
|
---|
5391 | LogFlowFunc(("pDisk=%#p nImage=%u pszComment=%#p cbComment=%u\n",
|
---|
5392 | pDisk, nImage, pszComment, cbComment));
|
---|
5393 | do
|
---|
5394 | {
|
---|
5395 | /* sanity check */
|
---|
5396 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pDisk, rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
5397 | AssertMsg(pDisk->u32Signature == VBOXHDDDISK_SIGNATURE, ("u32Signature=%08x\n", pDisk->u32Signature));
|
---|
5398 |
|
---|
5399 | /* Check arguments. */
|
---|
5400 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(VALID_PTR(pszComment),
|
---|
5401 | ("pszComment=%#p \"%s\"\n", pszComment, pszComment),
|
---|
5402 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
5403 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(cbComment,
|
---|
5404 | ("cbComment=%u\n", cbComment),
|
---|
5405 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
5406 |
|
---|
5407 | rc2 = vdThreadStartRead(pDisk);
|
---|
5408 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
5409 | fLockRead = true;
|
---|
5410 |
|
---|
5411 | PVDIMAGE pImage = vdGetImageByNumber(pDisk, nImage);
|
---|
5412 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pImage, rc = VERR_VD_IMAGE_NOT_FOUND);
|
---|
5413 |
|
---|
5414 | rc = pImage->Backend->pfnGetComment(pImage->pvBackendData, pszComment,
|
---|
5415 | cbComment);
|
---|
5416 | } while (0);
|
---|
5417 |
|
---|
5418 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockRead))
|
---|
5419 | {
|
---|
5420 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishRead(pDisk);
|
---|
5421 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
5422 | }
|
---|
5423 |
|
---|
5424 | LogFlowFunc(("returns %Rrc, pszComment=\"%s\"\n", rc, pszComment));
|
---|
5425 | return rc;
|
---|
5426 | }
|
---|
5427 |
|
---|
5428 | /**
|
---|
5429 | * Changes the comment line of image in HDD container.
|
---|
5430 | *
|
---|
5431 | * @returns VBox status code.
|
---|
5432 | * @returns VERR_VD_IMAGE_NOT_FOUND if image with specified number was not opened.
|
---|
5433 | * @param pDisk Pointer to HDD container.
|
---|
5434 | * @param nImage Image number, counts from 0. 0 is always base image of container.
|
---|
5435 | * @param pszComment New comment string (UTF-8). NULL is allowed to reset the comment.
|
---|
5436 | */
|
---|
5437 | VBOXDDU_DECL(int) VDSetComment(PVBOXHDD pDisk, unsigned nImage,
|
---|
5438 | const char *pszComment)
|
---|
5439 | {
|
---|
5440 | int rc;
|
---|
5441 | int rc2;
|
---|
5442 | bool fLockWrite = false;
|
---|
5443 |
|
---|
5444 | LogFlowFunc(("pDisk=%#p nImage=%u pszComment=%#p \"%s\"\n",
|
---|
5445 | pDisk, nImage, pszComment, pszComment));
|
---|
5446 | do
|
---|
5447 | {
|
---|
5448 | /* sanity check */
|
---|
5449 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pDisk, rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
5450 | AssertMsg(pDisk->u32Signature == VBOXHDDDISK_SIGNATURE, ("u32Signature=%08x\n", pDisk->u32Signature));
|
---|
5451 |
|
---|
5452 | /* Check arguments. */
|
---|
5453 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(VALID_PTR(pszComment) || pszComment == NULL,
|
---|
5454 | ("pszComment=%#p \"%s\"\n", pszComment, pszComment),
|
---|
5455 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
5456 |
|
---|
5457 | rc2 = vdThreadStartWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
5458 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
5459 | fLockWrite = true;
|
---|
5460 |
|
---|
5461 | PVDIMAGE pImage = vdGetImageByNumber(pDisk, nImage);
|
---|
5462 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pImage, rc = VERR_VD_IMAGE_NOT_FOUND);
|
---|
5463 |
|
---|
5464 | rc = pImage->Backend->pfnSetComment(pImage->pvBackendData, pszComment);
|
---|
5465 | } while (0);
|
---|
5466 |
|
---|
5467 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockWrite))
|
---|
5468 | {
|
---|
5469 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
5470 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
5471 | }
|
---|
5472 |
|
---|
5473 | LogFlowFunc(("returns %Rrc\n", rc));
|
---|
5474 | return rc;
|
---|
5475 | }
|
---|
5476 |
|
---|
5477 |
|
---|
5478 | /**
|
---|
5479 | * Get UUID of image in HDD container.
|
---|
5480 | *
|
---|
5481 | * @returns VBox status code.
|
---|
5482 | * @returns VERR_VD_IMAGE_NOT_FOUND if image with specified number was not opened.
|
---|
5483 | * @param pDisk Pointer to HDD container.
|
---|
5484 | * @param nImage Image number, counts from 0. 0 is always base image of container.
|
---|
5485 | * @param pUuid Where to store the image creation UUID.
|
---|
5486 | */
|
---|
5487 | VBOXDDU_DECL(int) VDGetUuid(PVBOXHDD pDisk, unsigned nImage, PRTUUID pUuid)
|
---|
5488 | {
|
---|
5489 | int rc;
|
---|
5490 | int rc2;
|
---|
5491 | bool fLockRead = false;
|
---|
5492 |
|
---|
5493 | LogFlowFunc(("pDisk=%#p nImage=%u pUuid=%#p\n", pDisk, nImage, pUuid));
|
---|
5494 | do
|
---|
5495 | {
|
---|
5496 | /* sanity check */
|
---|
5497 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pDisk, rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
5498 | AssertMsg(pDisk->u32Signature == VBOXHDDDISK_SIGNATURE, ("u32Signature=%08x\n", pDisk->u32Signature));
|
---|
5499 |
|
---|
5500 | /* Check arguments. */
|
---|
5501 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(VALID_PTR(pUuid),
|
---|
5502 | ("pUuid=%#p\n", pUuid),
|
---|
5503 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
5504 |
|
---|
5505 | rc2 = vdThreadStartRead(pDisk);
|
---|
5506 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
5507 | fLockRead = true;
|
---|
5508 |
|
---|
5509 | PVDIMAGE pImage = vdGetImageByNumber(pDisk, nImage);
|
---|
5510 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pImage, rc = VERR_VD_IMAGE_NOT_FOUND);
|
---|
5511 |
|
---|
5512 | rc = pImage->Backend->pfnGetUuid(pImage->pvBackendData, pUuid);
|
---|
5513 | } while (0);
|
---|
5514 |
|
---|
5515 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockRead))
|
---|
5516 | {
|
---|
5517 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishRead(pDisk);
|
---|
5518 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
5519 | }
|
---|
5520 |
|
---|
5521 | LogFlowFunc(("returns %Rrc, Uuid={%RTuuid}\n", rc, pUuid));
|
---|
5522 | return rc;
|
---|
5523 | }
|
---|
5524 |
|
---|
5525 | /**
|
---|
5526 | * Set the image's UUID. Should not be used by normal applications.
|
---|
5527 | *
|
---|
5528 | * @returns VBox status code.
|
---|
5529 | * @returns VERR_VD_IMAGE_NOT_FOUND if image with specified number was not opened.
|
---|
5530 | * @param pDisk Pointer to HDD container.
|
---|
5531 | * @param nImage Image number, counts from 0. 0 is always base image of container.
|
---|
5532 | * @param pUuid New UUID of the image. If NULL, a new UUID is created.
|
---|
5533 | */
|
---|
5534 | VBOXDDU_DECL(int) VDSetUuid(PVBOXHDD pDisk, unsigned nImage, PCRTUUID pUuid)
|
---|
5535 | {
|
---|
5536 | int rc;
|
---|
5537 | int rc2;
|
---|
5538 | bool fLockWrite = false;
|
---|
5539 |
|
---|
5540 | LogFlowFunc(("pDisk=%#p nImage=%u pUuid=%#p {%RTuuid}\n",
|
---|
5541 | pDisk, nImage, pUuid, pUuid));
|
---|
5542 | do
|
---|
5543 | {
|
---|
5544 | /* sanity check */
|
---|
5545 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pDisk, rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
5546 | AssertMsg(pDisk->u32Signature == VBOXHDDDISK_SIGNATURE, ("u32Signature=%08x\n", pDisk->u32Signature));
|
---|
5547 |
|
---|
5548 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(VALID_PTR(pUuid) || pUuid == NULL,
|
---|
5549 | ("pUuid=%#p\n", pUuid),
|
---|
5550 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
5551 |
|
---|
5552 | rc2 = vdThreadStartWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
5553 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
5554 | fLockWrite = true;
|
---|
5555 |
|
---|
5556 | PVDIMAGE pImage = vdGetImageByNumber(pDisk, nImage);
|
---|
5557 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pImage, rc = VERR_VD_IMAGE_NOT_FOUND);
|
---|
5558 |
|
---|
5559 | RTUUID Uuid;
|
---|
5560 | if (!pUuid)
|
---|
5561 | {
|
---|
5562 | RTUuidCreate(&Uuid);
|
---|
5563 | pUuid = &Uuid;
|
---|
5564 | }
|
---|
5565 | rc = pImage->Backend->pfnSetUuid(pImage->pvBackendData, pUuid);
|
---|
5566 | } while (0);
|
---|
5567 |
|
---|
5568 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockWrite))
|
---|
5569 | {
|
---|
5570 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
5571 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
5572 | }
|
---|
5573 |
|
---|
5574 | LogFlowFunc(("returns %Rrc\n", rc));
|
---|
5575 | return rc;
|
---|
5576 | }
|
---|
5577 |
|
---|
5578 | /**
|
---|
5579 | * Get last modification UUID of image in HDD container.
|
---|
5580 | *
|
---|
5581 | * @returns VBox status code.
|
---|
5582 | * @returns VERR_VD_IMAGE_NOT_FOUND if image with specified number was not opened.
|
---|
5583 | * @param pDisk Pointer to HDD container.
|
---|
5584 | * @param nImage Image number, counts from 0. 0 is always base image of container.
|
---|
5585 | * @param pUuid Where to store the image modification UUID.
|
---|
5586 | */
|
---|
5587 | VBOXDDU_DECL(int) VDGetModificationUuid(PVBOXHDD pDisk, unsigned nImage, PRTUUID pUuid)
|
---|
5588 | {
|
---|
5589 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
5590 | int rc2;
|
---|
5591 | bool fLockRead = false;
|
---|
5592 |
|
---|
5593 | LogFlowFunc(("pDisk=%#p nImage=%u pUuid=%#p\n", pDisk, nImage, pUuid));
|
---|
5594 | do
|
---|
5595 | {
|
---|
5596 | /* sanity check */
|
---|
5597 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pDisk, rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
5598 | AssertMsg(pDisk->u32Signature == VBOXHDDDISK_SIGNATURE, ("u32Signature=%08x\n", pDisk->u32Signature));
|
---|
5599 |
|
---|
5600 | /* Check arguments. */
|
---|
5601 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(VALID_PTR(pUuid),
|
---|
5602 | ("pUuid=%#p\n", pUuid),
|
---|
5603 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
5604 |
|
---|
5605 | rc2 = vdThreadStartRead(pDisk);
|
---|
5606 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
5607 | fLockRead = true;
|
---|
5608 |
|
---|
5609 | PVDIMAGE pImage = vdGetImageByNumber(pDisk, nImage);
|
---|
5610 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pImage, rc = VERR_VD_IMAGE_NOT_FOUND);
|
---|
5611 |
|
---|
5612 | rc = pImage->Backend->pfnGetModificationUuid(pImage->pvBackendData,
|
---|
5613 | pUuid);
|
---|
5614 | } while (0);
|
---|
5615 |
|
---|
5616 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockRead))
|
---|
5617 | {
|
---|
5618 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishRead(pDisk);
|
---|
5619 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
5620 | }
|
---|
5621 |
|
---|
5622 | LogFlowFunc(("returns %Rrc, Uuid={%RTuuid}\n", rc, pUuid));
|
---|
5623 | return rc;
|
---|
5624 | }
|
---|
5625 |
|
---|
5626 | /**
|
---|
5627 | * Set the image's last modification UUID. Should not be used by normal applications.
|
---|
5628 | *
|
---|
5629 | * @returns VBox status code.
|
---|
5630 | * @returns VERR_VD_IMAGE_NOT_FOUND if image with specified number was not opened.
|
---|
5631 | * @param pDisk Pointer to HDD container.
|
---|
5632 | * @param nImage Image number, counts from 0. 0 is always base image of container.
|
---|
5633 | * @param pUuid New modification UUID of the image. If NULL, a new UUID is created.
|
---|
5634 | */
|
---|
5635 | VBOXDDU_DECL(int) VDSetModificationUuid(PVBOXHDD pDisk, unsigned nImage, PCRTUUID pUuid)
|
---|
5636 | {
|
---|
5637 | int rc;
|
---|
5638 | int rc2;
|
---|
5639 | bool fLockWrite = false;
|
---|
5640 |
|
---|
5641 | LogFlowFunc(("pDisk=%#p nImage=%u pUuid=%#p {%RTuuid}\n",
|
---|
5642 | pDisk, nImage, pUuid, pUuid));
|
---|
5643 | do
|
---|
5644 | {
|
---|
5645 | /* sanity check */
|
---|
5646 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pDisk, rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
5647 | AssertMsg(pDisk->u32Signature == VBOXHDDDISK_SIGNATURE, ("u32Signature=%08x\n", pDisk->u32Signature));
|
---|
5648 |
|
---|
5649 | /* Check arguments. */
|
---|
5650 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(VALID_PTR(pUuid) || pUuid == NULL,
|
---|
5651 | ("pUuid=%#p\n", pUuid),
|
---|
5652 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
5653 |
|
---|
5654 | rc2 = vdThreadStartWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
5655 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
5656 | fLockWrite = true;
|
---|
5657 |
|
---|
5658 | PVDIMAGE pImage = vdGetImageByNumber(pDisk, nImage);
|
---|
5659 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pImage, rc = VERR_VD_IMAGE_NOT_FOUND);
|
---|
5660 |
|
---|
5661 | RTUUID Uuid;
|
---|
5662 | if (!pUuid)
|
---|
5663 | {
|
---|
5664 | RTUuidCreate(&Uuid);
|
---|
5665 | pUuid = &Uuid;
|
---|
5666 | }
|
---|
5667 | rc = pImage->Backend->pfnSetModificationUuid(pImage->pvBackendData,
|
---|
5668 | pUuid);
|
---|
5669 | } while (0);
|
---|
5670 |
|
---|
5671 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockWrite))
|
---|
5672 | {
|
---|
5673 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
5674 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
5675 | }
|
---|
5676 |
|
---|
5677 | LogFlowFunc(("returns %Rrc\n", rc));
|
---|
5678 | return rc;
|
---|
5679 | }
|
---|
5680 |
|
---|
5681 | /**
|
---|
5682 | * Get parent UUID of image in HDD container.
|
---|
5683 | *
|
---|
5684 | * @returns VBox status code.
|
---|
5685 | * @returns VERR_VD_IMAGE_NOT_FOUND if image with specified number was not opened.
|
---|
5686 | * @param pDisk Pointer to HDD container.
|
---|
5687 | * @param nImage Image number, counts from 0. 0 is always base image of container.
|
---|
5688 | * @param pUuid Where to store the parent image UUID.
|
---|
5689 | */
|
---|
5690 | VBOXDDU_DECL(int) VDGetParentUuid(PVBOXHDD pDisk, unsigned nImage,
|
---|
5691 | PRTUUID pUuid)
|
---|
5692 | {
|
---|
5693 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
5694 | int rc2;
|
---|
5695 | bool fLockRead = false;
|
---|
5696 |
|
---|
5697 | LogFlowFunc(("pDisk=%#p nImage=%u pUuid=%#p\n", pDisk, nImage, pUuid));
|
---|
5698 | do
|
---|
5699 | {
|
---|
5700 | /* sanity check */
|
---|
5701 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pDisk, rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
5702 | AssertMsg(pDisk->u32Signature == VBOXHDDDISK_SIGNATURE, ("u32Signature=%08x\n", pDisk->u32Signature));
|
---|
5703 |
|
---|
5704 | /* Check arguments. */
|
---|
5705 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(VALID_PTR(pUuid),
|
---|
5706 | ("pUuid=%#p\n", pUuid),
|
---|
5707 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
5708 |
|
---|
5709 | rc2 = vdThreadStartRead(pDisk);
|
---|
5710 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
5711 | fLockRead = true;
|
---|
5712 |
|
---|
5713 | PVDIMAGE pImage = vdGetImageByNumber(pDisk, nImage);
|
---|
5714 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pImage, rc = VERR_VD_IMAGE_NOT_FOUND);
|
---|
5715 |
|
---|
5716 | rc = pImage->Backend->pfnGetParentUuid(pImage->pvBackendData, pUuid);
|
---|
5717 | } while (0);
|
---|
5718 |
|
---|
5719 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockRead))
|
---|
5720 | {
|
---|
5721 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishRead(pDisk);
|
---|
5722 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
5723 | }
|
---|
5724 |
|
---|
5725 | LogFlowFunc(("returns %Rrc, Uuid={%RTuuid}\n", rc, pUuid));
|
---|
5726 | return rc;
|
---|
5727 | }
|
---|
5728 |
|
---|
5729 | /**
|
---|
5730 | * Set the image's parent UUID. Should not be used by normal applications.
|
---|
5731 | *
|
---|
5732 | * @returns VBox status code.
|
---|
5733 | * @param pDisk Pointer to HDD container.
|
---|
5734 | * @param nImage Image number, counts from 0. 0 is always base image of container.
|
---|
5735 | * @param pUuid New parent UUID of the image. If NULL, a new UUID is created.
|
---|
5736 | */
|
---|
5737 | VBOXDDU_DECL(int) VDSetParentUuid(PVBOXHDD pDisk, unsigned nImage,
|
---|
5738 | PCRTUUID pUuid)
|
---|
5739 | {
|
---|
5740 | int rc;
|
---|
5741 | int rc2;
|
---|
5742 | bool fLockWrite = false;
|
---|
5743 |
|
---|
5744 | LogFlowFunc(("pDisk=%#p nImage=%u pUuid=%#p {%RTuuid}\n",
|
---|
5745 | pDisk, nImage, pUuid, pUuid));
|
---|
5746 | do
|
---|
5747 | {
|
---|
5748 | /* sanity check */
|
---|
5749 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pDisk, rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
5750 | AssertMsg(pDisk->u32Signature == VBOXHDDDISK_SIGNATURE, ("u32Signature=%08x\n", pDisk->u32Signature));
|
---|
5751 |
|
---|
5752 | /* Check arguments. */
|
---|
5753 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(VALID_PTR(pUuid) || pUuid == NULL,
|
---|
5754 | ("pUuid=%#p\n", pUuid),
|
---|
5755 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
5756 |
|
---|
5757 | rc2 = vdThreadStartWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
5758 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
5759 | fLockWrite = true;
|
---|
5760 |
|
---|
5761 | PVDIMAGE pImage = vdGetImageByNumber(pDisk, nImage);
|
---|
5762 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pImage, rc = VERR_VD_IMAGE_NOT_FOUND);
|
---|
5763 |
|
---|
5764 | RTUUID Uuid;
|
---|
5765 | if (!pUuid)
|
---|
5766 | {
|
---|
5767 | RTUuidCreate(&Uuid);
|
---|
5768 | pUuid = &Uuid;
|
---|
5769 | }
|
---|
5770 | rc = pImage->Backend->pfnSetParentUuid(pImage->pvBackendData, pUuid);
|
---|
5771 | } while (0);
|
---|
5772 |
|
---|
5773 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockWrite))
|
---|
5774 | {
|
---|
5775 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
5776 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
5777 | }
|
---|
5778 |
|
---|
5779 | LogFlowFunc(("returns %Rrc\n", rc));
|
---|
5780 | return rc;
|
---|
5781 | }
|
---|
5782 |
|
---|
5783 |
|
---|
5784 | /**
|
---|
5785 | * Debug helper - dumps all opened images in HDD container into the log file.
|
---|
5786 | *
|
---|
5787 | * @param pDisk Pointer to HDD container.
|
---|
5788 | */
|
---|
5789 | VBOXDDU_DECL(void) VDDumpImages(PVBOXHDD pDisk)
|
---|
5790 | {
|
---|
5791 | int rc2;
|
---|
5792 | bool fLockRead = false;
|
---|
5793 |
|
---|
5794 | do
|
---|
5795 | {
|
---|
5796 | /* sanity check */
|
---|
5797 | AssertPtrBreak(pDisk);
|
---|
5798 | AssertMsg(pDisk->u32Signature == VBOXHDDDISK_SIGNATURE, ("u32Signature=%08x\n", pDisk->u32Signature));
|
---|
5799 |
|
---|
5800 | int (*pfnMessage)(void *, const char *, ...) = NULL;
|
---|
5801 | void *pvUser = pDisk->pInterfaceError->pvUser;
|
---|
5802 |
|
---|
5803 | if (pDisk->pInterfaceErrorCallbacks && VALID_PTR(pDisk->pInterfaceErrorCallbacks->pfnMessage))
|
---|
5804 | pfnMessage = pDisk->pInterfaceErrorCallbacks->pfnMessage;
|
---|
5805 | else
|
---|
5806 | {
|
---|
5807 | pDisk->pInterfaceErrorCallbacks->pfnMessage = vdLogMessage;
|
---|
5808 | pfnMessage = vdLogMessage;
|
---|
5809 | }
|
---|
5810 |
|
---|
5811 | rc2 = vdThreadStartRead(pDisk);
|
---|
5812 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
5813 | fLockRead = true;
|
---|
5814 |
|
---|
5815 | pfnMessage(pvUser, "--- Dumping VD Disk, Images=%u\n", pDisk->cImages);
|
---|
5816 | for (PVDIMAGE pImage = pDisk->pBase; pImage; pImage = pImage->pNext)
|
---|
5817 | {
|
---|
5818 | pfnMessage(pvUser, "Dumping VD image \"%s\" (Backend=%s)\n",
|
---|
5819 | pImage->pszFilename, pImage->Backend->pszBackendName);
|
---|
5820 | pImage->Backend->pfnDump(pImage->pvBackendData);
|
---|
5821 | }
|
---|
5822 | } while (0);
|
---|
5823 |
|
---|
5824 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockRead))
|
---|
5825 | {
|
---|
5826 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishRead(pDisk);
|
---|
5827 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
5828 | }
|
---|
5829 | }
|
---|
5830 |
|
---|
5831 | /**
|
---|
5832 | * Query if asynchronous operations are supported for this disk.
|
---|
5833 | *
|
---|
5834 | * @returns VBox status code.
|
---|
5835 | * @returns VERR_VD_IMAGE_NOT_FOUND if image with specified number was not opened.
|
---|
5836 | * @param pDisk Pointer to the HDD container.
|
---|
5837 | * @param nImage Image number, counts from 0. 0 is always base image of container.
|
---|
5838 | * @param pfAIOSupported Where to store if async IO is supported.
|
---|
5839 | */
|
---|
5840 | VBOXDDU_DECL(int) VDImageIsAsyncIOSupported(PVBOXHDD pDisk, unsigned nImage, bool *pfAIOSupported)
|
---|
5841 | {
|
---|
5842 | int rc = VINF_SUCCESS;
|
---|
5843 | int rc2;
|
---|
5844 | bool fLockRead = false;
|
---|
5845 |
|
---|
5846 | LogFlowFunc(("pDisk=%#p nImage=%u pfAIOSupported=%#p\n", pDisk, nImage, pfAIOSupported));
|
---|
5847 | do
|
---|
5848 | {
|
---|
5849 | /* sanity check */
|
---|
5850 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pDisk, rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
5851 | AssertMsg(pDisk->u32Signature == VBOXHDDDISK_SIGNATURE, ("u32Signature=%08x\n", pDisk->u32Signature));
|
---|
5852 |
|
---|
5853 | /* Check arguments. */
|
---|
5854 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(VALID_PTR(pfAIOSupported),
|
---|
5855 | ("pfAIOSupported=%#p\n", pfAIOSupported),
|
---|
5856 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
5857 |
|
---|
5858 | rc2 = vdThreadStartRead(pDisk);
|
---|
5859 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
5860 | fLockRead = true;
|
---|
5861 |
|
---|
5862 | PVDIMAGE pImage = vdGetImageByNumber(pDisk, nImage);
|
---|
5863 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pImage, rc = VERR_VD_IMAGE_NOT_FOUND);
|
---|
5864 |
|
---|
5865 | if (pImage->Backend->uBackendCaps & VD_CAP_ASYNC)
|
---|
5866 | *pfAIOSupported = pImage->Backend->pfnIsAsyncIOSupported(pImage->pvBackendData);
|
---|
5867 | else
|
---|
5868 | *pfAIOSupported = false;
|
---|
5869 | } while (0);
|
---|
5870 |
|
---|
5871 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockRead))
|
---|
5872 | {
|
---|
5873 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishRead(pDisk);
|
---|
5874 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
5875 | }
|
---|
5876 |
|
---|
5877 | LogFlowFunc(("returns %Rrc, fAIOSupported=%u\n", rc, *pfAIOSupported));
|
---|
5878 | return rc;
|
---|
5879 | }
|
---|
5880 |
|
---|
5881 |
|
---|
5882 | VBOXDDU_DECL(int) VDAsyncRead(PVBOXHDD pDisk, uint64_t uOffset, size_t cbRead,
|
---|
5883 | PCRTSGSEG paSeg, unsigned cSeg,
|
---|
5884 | PFNVDASYNCTRANSFERCOMPLETE pfnComplete,
|
---|
5885 | void *pvUser1, void *pvUser2)
|
---|
5886 | {
|
---|
5887 | int rc = VERR_VD_BLOCK_FREE;
|
---|
5888 | int rc2;
|
---|
5889 | bool fLockRead = false;
|
---|
5890 | PVDIOCTX pIoCtx = NULL;
|
---|
5891 |
|
---|
5892 | LogFlowFunc(("pDisk=%#p uOffset=%llu paSeg=%p cSeg=%u cbRead=%zu\n",
|
---|
5893 | pDisk, uOffset, paSeg, cSeg, cbRead));
|
---|
5894 | do
|
---|
5895 | {
|
---|
5896 | /* sanity check */
|
---|
5897 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pDisk, rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
5898 | AssertMsg(pDisk->u32Signature == VBOXHDDDISK_SIGNATURE, ("u32Signature=%08x\n", pDisk->u32Signature));
|
---|
5899 |
|
---|
5900 | /* Check arguments. */
|
---|
5901 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(cbRead,
|
---|
5902 | ("cbRead=%zu\n", cbRead),
|
---|
5903 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
5904 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(VALID_PTR(paSeg),
|
---|
5905 | ("paSeg=%#p\n", paSeg),
|
---|
5906 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
5907 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(cSeg,
|
---|
5908 | ("cSeg=%zu\n", cSeg),
|
---|
5909 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
5910 |
|
---|
5911 | rc2 = vdThreadStartRead(pDisk);
|
---|
5912 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
5913 | fLockRead = true;
|
---|
5914 |
|
---|
5915 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(uOffset + cbRead <= pDisk->cbSize,
|
---|
5916 | ("uOffset=%llu cbRead=%zu pDisk->cbSize=%llu\n",
|
---|
5917 | uOffset, cbRead, pDisk->cbSize),
|
---|
5918 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
5919 |
|
---|
5920 | pIoCtx = vdIoCtxRootAlloc(pDisk, VDIOCTXTXDIR_READ, uOffset,
|
---|
5921 | cbRead, paSeg, cSeg,
|
---|
5922 | pfnComplete, pvUser1, pvUser2,
|
---|
5923 | NULL, vdReadHelperAsync);
|
---|
5924 | if (!pIoCtx)
|
---|
5925 | {
|
---|
5926 | rc = VERR_NO_MEMORY;
|
---|
5927 | break;
|
---|
5928 | }
|
---|
5929 |
|
---|
5930 | pIoCtx->pImage = pDisk->pLast;
|
---|
5931 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pIoCtx->pImage, rc = VERR_VD_NOT_OPENED);
|
---|
5932 |
|
---|
5933 | rc = vdIoCtxProcess(pIoCtx);
|
---|
5934 | if (rc == VINF_VD_ASYNC_IO_FINISHED)
|
---|
5935 | {
|
---|
5936 | if (ASMAtomicCmpXchgBool(&pIoCtx->fComplete, true, false))
|
---|
5937 | vdIoCtxFree(pDisk, pIoCtx);
|
---|
5938 | else
|
---|
5939 | rc = VERR_VD_ASYNC_IO_IN_PROGRESS; /* Let the other handler complete the request. */
|
---|
5940 | }
|
---|
5941 | else if (rc != VERR_VD_ASYNC_IO_IN_PROGRESS) /* Another error */
|
---|
5942 | vdIoCtxFree(pDisk, pIoCtx);
|
---|
5943 |
|
---|
5944 | } while (0);
|
---|
5945 |
|
---|
5946 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockRead) && (rc != VINF_VD_ASYNC_IO_FINISHED))
|
---|
5947 | {
|
---|
5948 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishRead(pDisk);
|
---|
5949 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
5950 | }
|
---|
5951 |
|
---|
5952 | LogFlowFunc(("returns %Rrc\n", rc));
|
---|
5953 | return rc;
|
---|
5954 | }
|
---|
5955 |
|
---|
5956 |
|
---|
5957 | VBOXDDU_DECL(int) VDAsyncWrite(PVBOXHDD pDisk, uint64_t uOffset, size_t cbWrite,
|
---|
5958 | PCRTSGSEG paSeg, unsigned cSeg,
|
---|
5959 | PFNVDASYNCTRANSFERCOMPLETE pfnComplete,
|
---|
5960 | void *pvUser1, void *pvUser2)
|
---|
5961 | {
|
---|
5962 | int rc;
|
---|
5963 | int rc2;
|
---|
5964 | bool fLockWrite = false;
|
---|
5965 | PVDIOCTX pIoCtx = NULL;
|
---|
5966 |
|
---|
5967 | LogFlowFunc(("pDisk=%#p uOffset=%llu paSeg=%p cSeg=%u cbWrite=%zu\n",
|
---|
5968 | pDisk, uOffset, paSeg, cSeg, cbWrite));
|
---|
5969 | do
|
---|
5970 | {
|
---|
5971 | /* sanity check */
|
---|
5972 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pDisk, rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
5973 | AssertMsg(pDisk->u32Signature == VBOXHDDDISK_SIGNATURE, ("u32Signature=%08x\n", pDisk->u32Signature));
|
---|
5974 |
|
---|
5975 | /* Check arguments. */
|
---|
5976 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(cbWrite,
|
---|
5977 | ("cbWrite=%zu\n", cbWrite),
|
---|
5978 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
5979 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(VALID_PTR(paSeg),
|
---|
5980 | ("paSeg=%#p\n", paSeg),
|
---|
5981 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
5982 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(cSeg,
|
---|
5983 | ("cSeg=%zu\n", cSeg),
|
---|
5984 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
5985 |
|
---|
5986 | rc2 = vdThreadStartWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
5987 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
5988 | fLockWrite = true;
|
---|
5989 |
|
---|
5990 | AssertMsgBreakStmt(uOffset + cbWrite <= pDisk->cbSize,
|
---|
5991 | ("uOffset=%llu cbWrite=%zu pDisk->cbSize=%llu\n",
|
---|
5992 | uOffset, cbWrite, pDisk->cbSize),
|
---|
5993 | rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
5994 |
|
---|
5995 | pIoCtx = vdIoCtxRootAlloc(pDisk, VDIOCTXTXDIR_WRITE, uOffset,
|
---|
5996 | cbWrite, paSeg, cSeg,
|
---|
5997 | pfnComplete, pvUser1, pvUser2,
|
---|
5998 | NULL, vdWriteHelperAsync);
|
---|
5999 | if (!pIoCtx)
|
---|
6000 | {
|
---|
6001 | rc = VERR_NO_MEMORY;
|
---|
6002 | break;
|
---|
6003 | }
|
---|
6004 |
|
---|
6005 | PVDIMAGE pImage = pDisk->pLast;
|
---|
6006 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pImage, rc = VERR_VD_NOT_OPENED);
|
---|
6007 | pIoCtx->pImage = pImage;
|
---|
6008 |
|
---|
6009 | rc = vdIoCtxProcess(pIoCtx);
|
---|
6010 | if (rc == VINF_VD_ASYNC_IO_FINISHED)
|
---|
6011 | {
|
---|
6012 | if (ASMAtomicCmpXchgBool(&pIoCtx->fComplete, true, false))
|
---|
6013 | vdIoCtxFree(pDisk, pIoCtx);
|
---|
6014 | else
|
---|
6015 | rc = VERR_VD_ASYNC_IO_IN_PROGRESS; /* Let the other handler complete the request. */
|
---|
6016 | }
|
---|
6017 | else if (rc != VERR_VD_ASYNC_IO_IN_PROGRESS) /* Another error */
|
---|
6018 | vdIoCtxFree(pDisk, pIoCtx);
|
---|
6019 | } while (0);
|
---|
6020 |
|
---|
6021 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockWrite) && RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
6022 | {
|
---|
6023 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
6024 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
6025 | }
|
---|
6026 |
|
---|
6027 | LogFlowFunc(("returns %Rrc\n", rc));
|
---|
6028 | return rc;
|
---|
6029 | }
|
---|
6030 |
|
---|
6031 |
|
---|
6032 | VBOXDDU_DECL(int) VDAsyncFlush(PVBOXHDD pDisk, PFNVDASYNCTRANSFERCOMPLETE pfnComplete,
|
---|
6033 | void *pvUser1, void *pvUser2)
|
---|
6034 | {
|
---|
6035 | int rc;
|
---|
6036 | int rc2;
|
---|
6037 | bool fLockWrite = false;
|
---|
6038 | PVDIOCTX pIoCtx = NULL;
|
---|
6039 |
|
---|
6040 | LogFlowFunc(("pDisk=%#p\n", pDisk));
|
---|
6041 |
|
---|
6042 | do
|
---|
6043 | {
|
---|
6044 | /* sanity check */
|
---|
6045 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pDisk, rc = VERR_INVALID_PARAMETER);
|
---|
6046 | AssertMsg(pDisk->u32Signature == VBOXHDDDISK_SIGNATURE, ("u32Signature=%08x\n", pDisk->u32Signature));
|
---|
6047 |
|
---|
6048 | rc2 = vdThreadStartWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
6049 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
6050 | fLockWrite = true;
|
---|
6051 |
|
---|
6052 | pIoCtx = vdIoCtxRootAlloc(pDisk, VDIOCTXTXDIR_FLUSH, 0,
|
---|
6053 | 0, NULL, 0,
|
---|
6054 | pfnComplete, pvUser1, pvUser2,
|
---|
6055 | NULL, vdFlushHelperAsync);
|
---|
6056 | if (!pIoCtx)
|
---|
6057 | {
|
---|
6058 | rc = VERR_NO_MEMORY;
|
---|
6059 | break;
|
---|
6060 | }
|
---|
6061 |
|
---|
6062 | PVDIMAGE pImage = pDisk->pLast;
|
---|
6063 | AssertPtrBreakStmt(pImage, rc = VERR_VD_NOT_OPENED);
|
---|
6064 | pIoCtx->pImage = pImage;
|
---|
6065 |
|
---|
6066 | rc = vdIoCtxProcess(pIoCtx);
|
---|
6067 | } while (0);
|
---|
6068 |
|
---|
6069 | if (RT_UNLIKELY(fLockWrite) && RT_FAILURE(rc))
|
---|
6070 | {
|
---|
6071 | rc2 = vdThreadFinishWrite(pDisk);
|
---|
6072 | AssertRC(rc2);
|
---|
6073 | }
|
---|
6074 |
|
---|
6075 | if (RT_SUCCESS(rc))
|
---|
6076 | {
|
---|
6077 | if ( !pIoCtx->cbTransferLeft
|
---|
6078 | && !pIoCtx->cMetaTransfersPending
|
---|
6079 | && ASMAtomicCmpXchgBool(&pIoCtx->fComplete, true, false))
|
---|
6080 | {
|
---|
6081 | vdIoCtxFree(pDisk, pIoCtx);
|
---|
6082 | rc = VINF_VD_ASYNC_IO_FINISHED;
|
---|
6083 | }
|
---|
6084 | else
|
---|
6085 | {
|
---|
6086 | LogFlow(("cbTransferLeft=%u cMetaTransfersPending=%u fComplete=%RTbool\n",
|
---|
6087 | pIoCtx->cbTransferLeft, pIoCtx->cMetaTransfersPending,
|
---|
6088 | pIoCtx->fComplete));
|
---|
6089 | rc = VERR_VD_ASYNC_IO_IN_PROGRESS;
|
---|
6090 | }
|
---|
6091 | }
|
---|
6092 |
|
---|
6093 | LogFlowFunc(("returns %Rrc\n", rc));
|
---|
6094 | return rc;
|
---|
6095 | }
|
---|
6096 |
|
---|
6097 | #if 0
|
---|
6098 | /** @copydoc VBOXHDDBACKEND::pfnComposeLocation */
|
---|
6099 | int genericFileComposeLocation(PVDINTERFACE pConfig, char **pszLocation)
|
---|
6100 | {
|
---|
6101 | return NULL;
|
---|
6102 | }
|
---|
6103 |
|
---|
6104 |
|
---|
6105 | /** @copydoc VBOXHDDBACKEND::pfnComposeName */
|
---|
6106 | int genericFileComposeName(PVDINTERFACE pConfig, char **pszName)
|
---|
6107 | {
|
---|
6108 | return NULL;
|
---|
6109 | }
|
---|
6110 | #endif
|
---|